Limitations on Benefits and Contributions Under Qualified Plans, 31214-31256 [05-10268]
Download as PDF
31214
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
submissions and the hearing and/or to
be placed on the building access list to
attend the hearing, Richard A. Hurst at
(202) 622–7180 (not toll-free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1 and 11
[REG–130241–04]
RIN 1545–BD52
Limitations on Benefits and
Contributions Under Qualified Plans
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking
and notice of public hearing.
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: This document contains
proposed amendments to the
regulations under section 415 of the
Internal Revenue Code regarding
limitations on benefits and
contributions under qualified plans. The
proposed amendments would provide
comprehensive guidance regarding the
limitations of section 415, including
updates to the regulations for numerous
statutory changes since regulations were
last published under section 415. The
proposed amendments would also make
conforming changes to regulations
under sections 401(a)(9), 401(k), 403(b),
and 457, and would make other minor
corrective changes to regulations under
section 457. These regulations will
affect administrators of, participants in,
and beneficiaries of qualified employer
plans and certain other retirement
plans. This document also provides
notice of a public hearing on these
proposed regulations.
DATES: Written or electronic comments
must be received by July 25, 2005.
Requests to speak and outlines of topics
to be discussed at the public hearing
scheduled for August 17, 2005, at 10
a.m., must be received by July 27, 2005.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to:
CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–130241–04), room
5203, Internal Revenue Service, POB
7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington,
DC 20044. Submissions may be handdelivered Monday through Friday
between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m.
to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–130241–04),
Courier’s Desk, Internal Revenue
Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue,
NW., Washington DC. Alternatively,
taxpayers may submit comments
electronically directly to the IRS
Internet site at https://www.irs.gov/regs.
The public hearing will be held in the
Auditorium, Internal Revenue Building,
1111 Constitution Avenue, NW.,
Washington, DC.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Concerning the regulations, Vernon S.
Carter at (202) 622–6060 or Linda S. F.
Marshall at (202) 622–6090; concerning
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
Background
This document contains proposed
amendments to the Income Tax
Regulations (26 CFR Parts 1 and 11)
under section 415 of the Internal
Revenue Code (Code) relating to
limitations on benefits and
contributions under qualified plans. In
addition, this document contains
conforming amendments to the Income
Tax Regulations under sections
401(a)(9), 401(k), 403(b), and 457 of the
Code, as well as minor corrective
changes to the regulations under section
457.
Section 415 was added to the Internal
Revenue Code by the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
(ERISA), and has been amended many
times since. Section 415 provides a
series of limits on benefits under
qualified defined benefit plans and
contributions and other additions under
qualified defined contribution plans.
See also section 401(a)(16). Pursuant to
section 415(a)(2), the limitations of
section 415 also apply to section 403(b)
annuity contracts and to simplified
employee pensions described in section
408(k) (SEPs). In addition, the
limitations of section 415 for defined
contribution plans apply to
contributions allocated to any
individual medical account that is part
of a pension or annuity plan established
pursuant to section 401(h) and to
amounts attributable to medical benefits
allocated to an account established for
a key employee pursuant to section
419A(d)(1).
Section 404(j) provides generally that,
in computing the amount of any
deduction for contributions under a
qualified plan, benefits and annual
additions in excess of the applicable
limitations under section 415 are not
taken into account. In addition, in
computing the applicable limits on
deductions for contributions to a
defined benefit plan, and in computing
the full funding limitation, an
adjustment under section 415(d)(1) is
not taken into account for any year
before the year for which that
adjustment first takes effect.
The definition of compensation that is
used for purposes of section 415 is also
used for a number of other purposes
under the Internal Revenue Code. Under
section 219(b)(3), contributions on
behalf of an employee to a plan
described in section 501(c)(18) are
limited to 25% of compensation as
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
defined in section 415(c)(3). Section
404(a)(12) provides that, for various
specified purposes in determining
deductible limits under section 404, the
term compensation includes amounts
treated as participant’s compensation
under section 415(c)(3)(C) or (D).
Pursuant to section 409(b)(2), for
purposes of determining whether
employer securities are allocated
proportionately to compensation in
accordance with the rules of section
409(b)(1), the amount of compensation
paid to a participant for any period is
the amount of such participant’s
compensation (within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3)) for such period. Under
section 414(q)(3), for purposes of
determining whether an employee is a
highly compensated employee within
the meaning of section 414(q), the term
compensation has the meaning given
such term by section 415(c)(3). Section
414(s), which defines the term
compensation for purposes of certain
qualification requirements, generally
provides that the term compensation
has the meaning given such term by
section 415(c)(3). Under section
416(c)(2), allocations to participants
who are non-key employees under a
top-heavy plan that is a defined
contribution plan are required to be at
least 3% of the participant’s
compensation (within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3)). Pursuant to section
457(e)(5), the term includible
compensation, which is used in limiting
the amount that can be deferred for a
participant under an eligible deferred
compensation plan as defined in section
457(b), has the same meaning as the
term participant’s compensation under
section 415(c)(3).
Comprehensive regulations regarding
section 415 were last issued in 1981.
See TD 7748, published in the Federal
Register on January 7, 1981 (46 FR
1687). Since then, changes to section
415 have been made in the Economic
Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Public Law
97–34 (95 Stat. 320) (ERTA), the Tax
Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of
1982, Public Law 97–248 (96 Stat. 623)
(TEFRA), the Deficit Reduction Act of
1984, Public Law 98–369 (98 Stat. 494)
(DEFRA), the Tax Reform Act of 1986,
Public Law 99–514 (100 Stat. 2481)
(TRA ’86), the Technical and
Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988,
Public Law 100–647 (102 Stat. 3342)
(TAMRA), the Uruguay Round
Agreements Act of 1994, Public Law
103–465 (108 Stat. 4809) (GATT), the
Small Business Job Protection Act of
1996, Public Law 104–188 (110 Stat.
1755) (SBJPA), the Community Renewal
Tax Relief Act of 2000, Public Law 106–
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
554 (114 Stat. 2763), the Economic
Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation
Act of 2001, Public Law 107–16 (115
Stat. 38) (EGTRRA), the Job Creation
and Worker Assistance Act of 2002,
Public Law 107–147 (116 Stat. 21)
(JCWAA), the Pension Funding Equity
Act of 2004, Public Law 108–218 (118
Stat. 596) (PFEA), and the Working
Families Tax Relief Act of 2004, Public
Law 108–311 (118 Stat. 1166).
Although two minor changes to the
regulations were made after 1981, most
of the statutory changes made since that
time are not reflected in the regulations,
but in IRS notices, revenue rulings, and
other guidance of general applicability,
as follows:
• Notice 82–13 (1982–1 C.B. 360)
provides guidance on deductible
employee contributions (including
guidance under section 415) to reflect
the addition of provisions relating to
deductible employee contributions in
ERTA.
• Notice 83–10 (1983–1 C.B. 536)
provides guidance on the changes to
section 415 made by TEFRA. The
TEFRA changes were extensive, and
included reductions of the dollar limits
on annual benefits under a defined
benefit plan and annual additions under
a defined contribution plan, changes to
the age and form adjustments made in
the application of the limits under a
defined benefit plan, and rules
regarding the deductibility of
contributions with respect to benefits
that exceed the applicable limitations of
section 415.
• Notice 87–21 (1987–1 C.B. 458)
provides guidance on the changes to
section 415 made by TRA ’86. The TRA
’86 changes modified the rules for the
indexing of the dollar limit on annual
additions under a defined contribution
plan, the treatment of employee
contributions as annual additions, and
the rules for age adjustments under
defined benefit plans, and added a
phase-in of the section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limitation over 10 years of
participation, as well as rules permitting
the limitations of section 415 to be
incorporated by reference under the
terms of a plan.
• Rev. Rul. 95–6 (1995–1 C.B. 80) and
Rev. Rul. 2001–62 (2001–2 C.B. 632)
(superseding Rev. Rul. 95–6) provide
mortality tables to be used to make
certain form adjustments to benefits
under a defined benefit plan for
purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415, pursuant to the requirement
to use a specified mortality table added
by GATT.
• Rev. Rul. 95–29 (1995–1 C.B. 81)
and Rev. Rul. 98–1 (1998–1 C.B. 249)
(modifying and superseding Rev. Rul.
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
95–29) provide guidance regarding
certain form and age adjustments under
a defined benefit plan pursuant to
changes made by GATT (as modified
under SBJPA), including transition rules
relating to those adjustments.
• Notice 99–44 (1999–2 C.B. 326)
provides guidance regarding the repeal
under SBJPA of the limitation on the
combination of a defined benefit plan
and a defined contribution plan under
former section 415(e).
• Notice 2001–37 (2001–1 C.B. 1340)
provides guidance regarding the
inclusion of salary reduction amounts
for qualified transportation fringe
benefits in the definition of
compensation for purposes of section
415, as provided under the Community
Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000.
• Rev. Rul. 2001–51 (2001–2 C.B.
427) provides guidance relating to the
increases in the limitations of section
415 for both defined benefit and defined
contribution plans, which were enacted
as part of EGTRRA.
• Notice 2002–2 (2002–1 C.B. 285)
provides guidance regarding the
treatment of reinvested ESOP dividends
under section 415(c), to reflect changes
made by SBJPA.
• Rev. Rul. 2002–27 (2002–1 C.B.
925) provides guidance pursuant to
which a definition of compensation can
be used for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415 even if that
definition treats certain specified
amounts that may not be available to an
employee in cash as subject to section
125 (and therefore included in
compensation).
• Rev. Rul. 2002–45 (2002–2 C.B.
116) provides guidance regarding the
treatment of certain payments to defined
contribution plans to restore losses
resulting from actions by a fiduciary for
which there is a reasonable risk of
liability for breach of a fiduciary duty
(including the treatment of those
payments under section 415).
• Notice 2004–78 (2004–48 I.R.B.
879) provides guidance regarding the
actuarial assumptions that must be used
for distributions with annuity starting
dates occurring during plan years
beginning in 2004 and 2005, to
determine whether an amount payable
under a defined benefit plan in a form
that is subject to the minimum present
value requirements of section 417(e)(3)
satisfies the requirements of section 415.
This guidance reflects changes made in
PFEA.
These guidance items are reflected in
the proposed regulations with some
modifications. In addition, the proposed
regulations reflect other statutory
changes not previously addressed by
guidance, and include some other
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31215
changes and clarifications to the
existing final regulations. Treasury and
the IRS believe that a single restatement
of the section 415 rules serves the
interests of plan sponsors, third-party
administrators, plan participants, and
plan beneficiaries. To the extent
practicable, this preamble identifies and
explains substantive changes from the
existing final regulations or existing
guidance.
Explanation of Provisions
Overview
A. Reflection of Statutory Changes
These proposed regulations reflect the
numerous statutory changes to section
415 and related provisions that have
been made since 1981. Some of the
statutory changes reflected in the
proposed regulations are as follows:
• The current statutory limitations
under section 415(b)(1)(A) and 415(c)(1)
applicable for defined benefit and
defined contribution plans, respectively,
as most recently amended by EGTRRA.
• Changes to the rules for age
adjustments to the applicable
limitations under defined benefit plans,
under which the dollar limitation is
adjusted for commencement before age
62 or after age 65.
• Changes to the rules for benefit
adjustments under defined benefit
plans. The proposed regulations also
specify the parameters under which a
benefit payable in a form other than a
straight life annuity is adjusted in order
to determine the actuarially equivalent
annual benefit that is subject to the
limitations of section 415(b).
• The phase-in of the dollar
limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A)
over 10 years of participation, as added
by TRA ’86.
• The addition of the section
401(a)(17) limitation on compensation
that is permitted to be taken into
account in determining plan benefits, as
added by TRA ’86, and the interaction
of this requirement with the limitations
under section 415.
• Exceptions to the compensationbased limitation under section
415(b)(1)(B) for governmental plans,
multiemployer plans, and certain other
collectively bargained plans.
• Changes to the aggregation rules
under section 415(f) under which
multiemployer plans are not aggregated
with single-employer plans for purposes
of applying the compensation-based
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B) to a
single-employer plan.
• The repeal under SBJPA of the
section 415(e) limitation on the
combination of a defined benefit plan
and a defined contribution plan.
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31216
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
• The changes to section 415(c) that
were made in conjunction with the
repeal under EGTRRA of the exclusion
allowance under section 403(b)(2).
• The current rounding and base
period rules for annual cost-of-living
adjustments pursuant to section 415(d),
as most recently amended in EGTRRA
and the Working Families Tax Relief
Act of 2004.
• Changes to section 415(c) under
which certain types of arrangements are
no longer subject to the limitations of
section 415(c) (e.g., individual
retirement accounts other than SEPs)
and other types of arrangements have
become subject to the limitations of
section 415(c) (e.g., certain individual
medical accounts).
• The inclusion in compensation (for
purposes of section 415) of certain
salary reduction amounts not included
in gross income.
B. Other Significant Changes
The proposed regulations contain new
rules for determining the annual benefit
under a defined benefit plan where
there has been more than one annuity
starting date (e.g., where benefits under
a plan are aggregated with benefits
under another plan under which
distributions previously commenced).
These rules would resolve the numerous
issues that have arisen in determining
the annual benefit under a plan where
the application of the section 415(b)
limitations must take into account prior
distributions as well as currently
commencing distributions.
The proposed regulations also provide
specific rules regarding when amounts
received following severance from
employment are considered
compensation for purposes of section
415, and when such amounts are
permitted to be deferred pursuant to
section 401(k), section 403(b), or section
457(b). These rules would resolve issues
that have arisen with respect to
payments made after the end of
employment. The proposed regulations
generally provide that amounts received
following severance from employment
are not considered to be compensation
for purposes of section 415, but provide
exceptions for certain payments made
within 21⁄2 months following severance
from employment. These exceptions
apply to payments (such as regular
compensation, and payments for
overtime, commissions, and bonuses)
that would have been payable if
employment had not terminated, and to
payments with respect to leave that
would have been available for use if
employment had not terminated. This
notice of proposed rulemaking includes
corresponding changes to the
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
regulations under sections 401(k),
403(b), and 457 that would provide that
amounts receivable following severance
from employment can only be deferred
if those amounts meet these conditions.
The rule pursuant to which
compensation received after severance
from employment is not considered
compensation for purposes of section
415 generally does not apply to
payments to an individual in qualified
military service.
section 415(b) apply to the accrued
benefit as of the end of the limitation
year and, for ages prior to normal
retirement age, are not required to be
applied to the projected annual benefit
commencing at normal retirement age
from which the accrued benefit is
computed. In addition, the proposed
regulations provide a number of other
updates, clarifications, and other
changes to the existing regulations, as
described below.
Section 1.415(a)–1: General Rules
Section 1.415(a)–1 of these proposed
regulations sets forth general rules
relating to limitations under section 415
and provides an overview of the
remaining regulations, including crossreferences to special rules that apply to
section 403(b) annuities, multiemployer
plans, and governmental plans. In
addition, this section provides rules for
a plan’s incorporation by reference of
the rules of section 415 pursuant to
section 1106(h) of TRA ’86 (including
detailed guidelines regarding
incorporation by reference of the annual
cost-of-living adjustments to the
statutory limits and the application of
default rules), rules for plans
maintained by more than one employer,
and rules that apply in other special
situations.
A. Actuarial Assumptions Used to
Convert Benefit to a Straight Life
Annuity
The proposed regulations provide
rules under which a retirement benefit
payable in any form other than a straight
life annuity is converted to the straight
life annuity that is actuarially
equivalent to that other form to
determine the annual benefit (which is
used to demonstrate compliance with
section 415) with respect to that form of
distribution. These rules reflect
statutory changes that specify the
actuarial assumptions that are to be
used for these equivalency calculations
(including, for plan years beginning in
2004 and 2005, the use of a 5.5%
interest rate for benefits that are subject
to the present value rules of section
417(e)(3),1 as set forth in PFEA), as well
as published guidance that has been
issued since 1981. In addition to setting
forth rules for adjusting forms of benefit
other than straight life annuities, the
proposed regulations would permit the
IRS to issue published guidance setting
forth simplified methods for making
these adjustments.
Under the proposed regulations, the
annual benefit is determined as the
greater of the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity determined under
the plan’s actuarial assumptions or the
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity determined under actuarial
assumptions specified by statute. This
methodology implements the policy
reflected in section 415(b)(2)(E), under
which the plan’s determination that a
straight life annuity is actuarially
equivalent to a particular optional form
of benefit is overridden only when the
optional form of benefit is more
valuable than the corresponding straight
Section 1.415(b)–1: Limitations
Applicable to Defined Benefit Plans
Section 1.415(b)–1 of these proposed
regulations sets forth rules for applying
the limitations on benefits under a
defined benefit plan. Under these
limitations, the annual benefit must not
be greater than the lesser of $160,000 (as
adjusted pursuant to section 415(d)) or
100% of the participant’s average
compensation for the participant’s high
3 consecutive years. A retirement
benefit payable in a form other than a
straight life annuity is adjusted to an
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity to determine the annual benefit
payable under that form of distribution.
In addition, the dollar limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(A) is actuarially
adjusted for benefit payments that
commence before age 62 or after age 65.
The proposed regulations clarify that, in
addition to applying to benefits payable
to participants and beneficiaries, the
limitations of section 415(b) apply to
accrued benefits and benefits payable
from an annuity contract distributed to
a participant. Thus, the limitations of
section 415(b) apply to a participant’s
entire accrued benefit, regardless of
whether the benefit is vested. Where a
participant’s accrued benefit is
computed pursuant to the fractional rule
of section 411(b)(1)(C), the limitations of
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1 Section 417(e)(3) provides minimum present
value requirements for certain forms of benefit
payable from a defined benefit plan under which
payments cannot be less than the amount calculated
using a specified interest rate and a specified
mortality table. For forms of benefit that are subject
to the minimum present value rules of section
417(e)(3), the limitations of section 415(b) apply to
limit the amount of a distribution even if those
limitations result in a lower distribution than
would otherwise be required under the rules of
section 417(e)(3). See § 1.417(e)–1(d)(1).
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
B. Inclusion of Social Security
Supplements in Annual Benefit
The proposed regulations clarify that
a social security supplement is included
in determining the annual benefit.
Under section 415(b)(2)(B), the annual
benefit does not include ancillary
benefits that are not directly related to
retirement benefits. However, because a
social security supplement is payable
upon retirement as a form of retirement
income, it is a retirement benefit. Thus,
a social security supplement is included
in determining the annual benefit
without regard to whether it is an
ancillary benefit or a QSUPP within the
meaning of § 1.401(a)(4)–12.
years. Consistent with the provisions of
section 415(b)(3), the proposed
regulations would restrict compensation
used for this purpose to compensation
earned in periods during which the
participant was an active participant in
the plan. In addition, the proposed
regulations under § 1.415(c)-2 would
clarify the interaction of the
requirements of section 401(a)(17) and
the definition of compensation that
must be used for purposes of
determining a participant’s average
compensation for the participant’s high
3 consecutive years. Because a plan may
not base benefit accruals on
compensation in excess of the limitation
under section 401(a)(17), a plan’s
definition of compensation used for
purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415 is not permitted to reflect
compensation in excess of the limitation
under section 401(a)(17). Thus, for
example, where a participant
commences receiving benefits in 2005 at
age 75 (so that the adjusted dollar
limitation could be as high as $379,783),
and the participant had compensation
in excess of the applicable section
401(a)(17) limit for 2002, 2003, and
2004, the participant’s benefit under the
plan is limited by the average
compensation for his highest three years
as limited by section 401(a)(17) (i.e.,
$201,667, or the average of $200,000,
$200,000, and $205,000).
The proposed regulations set forth
rules for computing the limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(B) of 100% of the
participant’s compensation for the
period of the participant’s high 3 years
of service for a participant who is
employed with the employer while an
active participant for less than 3
consecutive calendar years. For such a
participant, the period of a participant’s
high 3 years of service is the actual
number of consecutive years of
employment (including fractions of
years) while an active participant in the
plan. In such a case, the limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(B) of 100% of the
participant’s compensation for the
period of the participant’s high 3 years
of service is computed by averaging the
participant’s compensation during the
participant’s longest consecutive period
of employment while a plan participant
over the actual period of service
(including fractions of years, but not
less than one year).
C. Determination of High 3 Average
Compensation
The proposed regulations would make
two changes that would have a
significant effect on the determination
of a participant’s average compensation
for the participant’s high 3 consecutive
D. Treatment of Benefits Paid Partially
in the Form of a QJSA
Under section 415(b)(2)(B), the
portion of any joint and survivor
annuity that constitutes a qualified joint
and survivor annuity (QJSA) as defined
in section 417(b) is not taken into
life annuity when compared using
statutorily specified actuarial
assumptions.
The rules in the proposed regulations
under which a retirement benefit
payable in any form other than a straight
life annuity is converted to a straight life
annuity to determine the annual benefit
with respect to that form of distribution
generally follow the rules set forth in
Rev. Rul. 98–1. However, the
calculation of the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity determined using
the plan’s assumptions for actuarial
equivalence has been simplified for a
form of benefit that is not subject to the
minimum present value rules of section
417(e)(3). Under the simplified
calculation, instead of determining the
actuarial assumptions used under the
plan and applying those assumptions to
convert an optional form of benefit to an
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity, the regulations use the straight
life annuity, if any, that is payable at the
same age under the plan. This straight
life annuity is then compared to the
straight life annuity that is the actuarial
equivalent of the optional form of
benefit, determined using the
standardized assumptions, and the
larger of the two straight life annuities
is used for purposes of demonstrating
compliance with section 415. This
simplification has not been extended to
forms of benefit that are subject to the
minimum present value rules of section
417(e), however, because under the plan
those forms of benefit may be
determined as the actuarial equivalent
of the deferred annuity, rather than as
the actuarial equivalent of the
immediate straight life annuity.
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31217
account in determining the annual
benefit for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415(b). The
proposed regulations would clarify how
this exception from the limitations of
section 415 for the survivor annuity
portion of a QJSA applies to benefits
paid partially in the form of a QJSA and
partially in some other form. Under this
clarification, the rule excluding the
survivor portion of a QJSA from the
annual benefit applies to the survivor
annuity payments under the portion of
a benefit that is paid in the form of a
QJSA, even if another portion of the
benefit is paid in some other form.
E. Dollar Limitation Applicable to Early
or Late Commencement
The determination of the age-adjusted
dollar limitation under the proposed
regulations reflects the rules enacted in
EGTRRA. As provided in Q&A–3 of Rev.
Rul. 2001–51, this determination
generally follows the same steps and
procedures as those used in Rev. Rul.
98–1, except that such determination
takes into account the increased defined
benefit dollar limitation enacted by
EGTRRA and that the adjustments for
early or late commencement are no
longer based on social security
retirement age. Applying rules that are
similar to those that are used for
determining actuarial equivalence
among forms of benefits, the proposed
regulations generally use the plan’s
determinations for actuarial equivalence
of early or late retirement benefits, but
override those determinations where the
use of the specified statutory
assumptions results in a lower limit.
The proposed regulations adopt rules
for mortality adjustments used in
computing the dollar limitation on a
participant’s annual benefit for
distributions commencing before age 62
or after age 65. Under these rules, to the
extent that a forfeiture does not occur
upon the participant’s death, no
adjustment is made to reflect the
probability of the participant’s death
during the relevant time period, and to
the extent a forfeiture occurs upon the
participant’s death, an adjustment must
be applied to reflect the probability of
the participant’s death during the
relevant time period. These rules
generally are consistent with the
guidance provided in Notice 83–10.
The proposed regulations would also
provide a simplified method for
applying this rule. Under this simplified
method, a plan is permitted to treat no
forfeiture as occurring upon a
participant’s death if the plan does not
charge participants for providing a
qualified preretirement survivor
annuity, but only if the plan applies this
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31218
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
treatment for adjustments that apply
both before age 62 and after age 65.
F. Nonapplication of Adjustment to
Dollar Limitation for Early
Commencement With Respect to Police
Department and Fire Department
Employees
Consistent with section 415(b)(2)(G)
and (H), the proposed regulations would
provide that the early retirement
reduction does not apply to certain
participants in plans of state and local
government units who are employees of
a police department or fire department,
or former members of the Armed Forces
of the United States. This rule applies
to any participant in a plan maintained
by a state or political subdivision of a
state who is credited, for benefit accrual
purposes, with at least 15 years of
service as either (1) a full-time employee
of any police department or fire
department of the state or political
subdivision that provides police
protection, firefighting services, or
emergency medical services, or (2) a
member of the Armed Forces of the
United States. The proposed regulations
would clarify that the application of this
rule depends on whether the employer
is a police department or fire
department of the state or political
subdivision, rather than on the job
classification of the individual
participant.
G. Application of $10,000 Exception
Pursuant to section 415(b)(4), the
benefits payable with respect to a
participant satisfy the limitations of
section 415(b) if the retirement benefits
payable with respect to such a
participant under the plan and all other
defined benefit plans of the employer do
not exceed $10,000 for the plan year or
for any prior plan year, and the
employer has not at any time
maintained a defined contribution plan
in which the participant participated.
The proposed regulations would clarify
that the section 415(b)(4) alternative
$10,000 limitation is applied to actual
distributions made during each year.
Thus, a distribution for a limitation year
that exceeds $10,000 is not within the
section 415(b)(4) alternative limitation
(and therefore will not be excepted from
the otherwise applicable limits of
section 415(b)), even if the distribution
is a single-sum distribution that is the
actuarial equivalent of an accrued
benefit with annual payments that are
less than $10,000.
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
H. Exclusion of Annual Benefit
Attributable to Mandatory Employee
Contributions From Annual Benefit
The proposed regulations would
retain the rules under existing final
regulations that the annual benefit does
not include the annual benefit
attributable to mandatory employee
contributions. For this purpose, the term
‘‘mandatory employee contributions’’
means amounts contributed to the plan
by the employee that are required as a
condition of employment, as a condition
of participation in the plan, or as a
condition of obtaining benefits (or
additional benefits) under the plan
attributable to employer contributions.
See section 411(c)(2)(C). Employee
contributions to a defined benefit plan
that are not maintained in a separate
account as described in section 414(k)
constitute mandatory employee
contributions (even if section 411 does
not apply to the plan) because,
depending upon the investment
performance of plan assets, employer
contributions may be needed to pay a
portion of the participant’s benefit that
is conditioned upon these employee
contributions. The rules covering
mandatory employee contributions do
not extend to voluntary contributions
because voluntary employee
contributions (plus earnings thereon)
are treated as a separate defined
contribution plan rather than as part of
a defined benefit plan.
The proposed regulations would
retain the rule under the existing
regulations that the annual benefit
attributable to mandatory employee
contributions is determined using the
factors described in section 411(c)(2)(B)
and the regulations thereunder,
regardless of whether section 411
applies to the plan. The proposed
regulations also would clarify that the
following are not treated as employee
contributions: (1) Contributions that are
picked up by a governmental employer
as provided under section 414(h)(2), (2)
repayment of any loan made to a
participant from the plan, and (3)
repayment of any amount that was
previously distributed.
I. Exclusion of Annual Benefit
Attributable to Rollover Contributions
From Annual Benefit
The proposed regulations would
clarify that the annual benefit does not
include the annual benefit attributable
to rollover contributions made to a
defined benefit plan (i.e., rollover
contributions that are not maintained in
a separate account that is treated as a
separate defined contribution plan
under section 414(k)). In such a case,
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the annual benefit attributable to
rollover contributions is determined by
applying the rules of section 411(c)
treating the rollover contributions as
employee contributions (regardless of
whether section 411 applies to the
plan). This will occur, for example, if a
distribution is rolled over from a
defined contribution plan to a defined
benefit plan to provide an annuity
distribution. Thus, in the case of
rollover contributions from a defined
contribution plan to a defined benefit
plan to provide an annuity distribution,
the annual benefit attributable to those
rollover contributions for purposes of
section 415 is determined by applying
the rules of section 411(c), regardless of
the assumptions used to compute the
annuity distribution under the plan.
Accordingly, in such a case, if the plan
uses more favorable factors than those
specified in section 411(c) to determine
the amount of annuity payments arising
from a rollover contribution, the annual
benefit under the plan would reflect the
excess of those annuity payments over
the amounts that would be payable
using the factors specified in section
411(c)(3).
Rollover contributions to an account
that is treated as a separate defined
contribution plan under section 414(k)
do not give rise to an annual benefit
because the separate account is not
treated as a defined benefit plan under
section 415(b). Furthermore, under the
rules relating to defined contribution
plans, these rollover contributions to a
separate account are excluded from the
definition of annual additions to a
defined contribution plan.
J. Treatment of Benefits Transferred
Among Plans
The proposed regulations would
modify the rules of the existing final
regulations for determining the amount
of transferred benefits that are excluded
from the annual benefit under a defined
benefit plan in the event of a transfer
from another defined benefit plan.
These modifications are designed to
ensure that transferred benefits are not
counted twice by the same employer
toward the limitations of section 415(b)
and, similarly, to prevent the
circumvention of the limitations of
section 415(b) through benefit transfers
to plans of unrelated employers. Under
the proposed regulations, if the
transferee plan’s benefits are required to
be taken into account pursuant to
section 415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1 in
determining whether the transferor plan
satisfies the limitations of section
415(b), then the transferred benefits are
included in determining the annual
benefit under the transferee plan and are
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
disregarded in determining the annual
benefit under the transferor plan.
Accordingly, in such a case, the annual
benefit under each plan is determined
taking into account the actual benefits
provided under that plan after the
transfer.
In contrast, if the transferee plan’s
benefits are not required to be taken into
account pursuant to section 415(f) and
§ 1.415(f)–1 in determining whether the
transferor plan satisfies the limitations
of section 415(b), then the assets
associated with those transferred
liabilities (other than surplus assets) are
treated by the transferor plan as
distributed as a single-sum distribution.
This will occur, for example, if the
employer sponsoring the transferor plan
is a predecessor employer with respect
to the participant whose benefits are
transferred to the transferee plan, where
the transferee plan’s benefits are not
required to be taken into account
pursuant to section 415(f) and
§ 1.415(f)–1 in determining whether the
transferor plan satisfies the limitations
of section 415(b). Although such a
transfer is treated as a distribution in
computing the annual benefit under the
transferor plan, no corresponding
adjustment to the annual benefit under
the transferee plan is made to reflect the
fact that some of the benefits provided
under the transferee plan are
attributable to the transfer. Thus, the
actual benefit provided under the
transferee plan is used to determine the
annual benefit under the transferee plan
even though the transferred amount is
included as a distribution in
determining the annual benefit under
the transferor plan. In most such cases,
however, a participant whose benefits
have been transferred would accrue no
additional benefit under the transferor
plan that would be required to be tested
under the that plan (in combination
with the transferred benefits).
K. 10-Year Phase-In of Limitations
Based on Years of Participation and
Years of Service
The proposed regulations would
provide rules for applying the 10-year
phase-in of the dollar limitation based
on years of participation in the plan, as
added by TRA ’86, and would modify
the rules set forth in final regulations for
applying the 10-year phase-in of the
compensation limit based on years of
service. The proposed regulations
follow the guidance set forth in Notice
87–21 for determining years of
participation, and apply analogous rules
for determining years of service for this
purpose.
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
Section 1.415(b)–2: Multiple Annuity
Starting Dates
Section 1.415(b)–2 of the proposed
regulations sets forth rules that apply in
computing the annual benefit under one
or more defined benefit plans in the
case of multiple annuity starting dates
(i.e., in cases in which a participant has
received one or more distributions in
limitation years prior to an increase in
the accrued benefit occurring during the
current limitation year or prior to the
annuity starting date for a distribution
that commences during the current
limitation year). These rules apply, for
example, where benefit distributions to
a participant have previously
commenced under a plan that is
aggregated with a plan from which the
participant receives current accruals, or
where a new distribution election is
effective during the current limitation
year with respect to a distribution that
commenced in a prior limitation year.
These rules also apply where benefit
payments are increased as a result of
plan terms applying a cost-of-living
adjustment pursuant to an adjustment of
the dollar limit of section 415(b)(1)(A)
made pursuant to section 415(d), if the
plan does not provide for application of
the safe harbor methodology set forth in
the proposed regulations for
determining the adjusted amount of the
benefit.
In the case of multiple annuity
starting dates, the annual benefit that is
subject to the limits of section 415(b)
and § 1.415(b)–1(a) is equal to the sum
of (1) the annual benefit determined
with respect to any accrued benefit with
respect to which distribution has not yet
commenced as of the current
determination date, computed pursuant
to the rules of § 1.415(b)–1, (2) the
annual benefit determined with respect
to any distribution with an annuity
starting date that occurs within the
current limitation year and on or before
the current determination date,
computed pursuant to the rules of
§ 1.415(b)–1, (3) the annual benefit
determined with respect to the
remaining amounts payable under any
distribution with an annuity starting
date that occurred during a prior
limitation year, computed pursuant to
the rules of § 1.415(b)–1, and (4) the
annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions. For this purpose, the
current determination date is the last
day of period for which an increase in
the participant’s benefit accrues if an
increase in the participant’s accrued
benefit occurs during the limitation
year, and if there is no such increase,
the current determination date is the
annuity starting date for the distribution
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31219
that commences during the limitation
year. The annual benefit determined
using this formula is tested for
compliance with section 415(b) as of the
current determination date, applying the
dollar limitation (which is adjusted
under section 415(d) to the current
determination date and is also adjusted
for the participant’s age as of the current
determination date) and the
compensation limitation applicable as
of that date (which is adjusted under
section 415(d) to the current
determination date but is not adjusted
based on the participant’s age).
Under the proposed regulations, the
annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions is determined by adjusting
the amounts of prior distributions to an
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity commencing at the current
determination date. The proposed
regulations apply rules that are
analogous to the rules for adjusting
other benefits to determine the amount
of the actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity for purposes of determining the
annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions. Under these rules, the
amount and time of prior distributions
made to the participant is taken into
account, and the prior distributions are
adjusted to the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity commencing at the
current determination date using
interest and mortality assumptions that
apply generally for purposes of applying
the limitations of section 415(b) to a
benefit in a form other than a straight
life annuity. For this purpose, the
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity commencing at the current
determination date must reflect an
actuarial increase to the present value of
payments to reflect that the participant
has survived during the interim period.
The actuarial assumptions used to
calculate the annual benefit attributable
to a prior distribution are determined as
of the current determination date, and
are based on the form of the prior
distribution. For a prior distribution to
which section 417(e)(3) did not apply,
the annual benefit attributable to the
prior distribution is the greater of the
annual amount of a straight life annuity
commencing at the current
determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution,
computed using the actuarial factors
specified under the plan that provides
for the current distribution or current
accrual that are used to determine
offsets, if any, for prior distributions, or
the annual amount of a straight life
annuity commencing at the current
determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution,
computed using the currently applicable
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31220
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
statutory actuarial factors under section
415(b)(2)(E)(i) and (v). Similarly, for a
prior distribution to which section
417(e)(3) applied, the annual benefit
attributable to the prior distribution is
the greater of the annual amount of a
straight life annuity commencing at the
current determination date that is the
actuarial equivalent of that prior
distribution, computed using the
actuarial factors specified under the
plan that provides for the current
distribution or current accrual that are
used to determine offsets, if any, for
prior distributions, or the annual
amount of a straight life annuity
commencing at the current
determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution,
computed using the currently applicable
statutory actuarial factors under section
415(b)(2)(E)(ii) and (v).
Apart from determining the actuarial
factors applicable to calculating the
annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions, the form of the prior
distribution does not otherwise affect
the determination of the annual benefit
attributable to prior distributions. Thus,
for example, if a participant has
received $50,000 per year for the past
four years, the determination of the
annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions will be the same if those
distributions are part of a 10-year
certain and life annuity or are part of a
straight life annuity because both of
those distribution forms are subject to
the same actuarial factors for
determining the annual benefit
attributable to prior distributions. In
either case, the determination of the
annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions will be determined by
applying the interest and mortality
assumptions used under the plan to
determine offsets, if any, for prior
distributions to determine a straight life
annuity that is actuarially equivalent to
the four prior payments of $50,000,
applying the statutory actuarial
assumptions to determine a straight life
annuity that is actuarially equivalent to
the four prior payments of $50,000, and
then taking the greater of the two
straight life annuity amounts.
Determining the annual benefit
attributable to prior distributions on the
basis of the amount of distributions
made rather than on the form of those
distributions (or on the basis of the
accrued benefit that underlies those
distributions) is designed to simplify the
application of the multiple annuity
starting date rules.
The proposed regulations provide that
a prior distribution is not reflected in
the annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions to the extent the prior
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
distribution has been repaid to the plan
with interest (because the amounts
attributable to such a prior distribution
are reflected in the annual benefit in
other ways). Thus, a prior distribution
that has been entirely repaid to the plan
(with interest) does not give rise to an
annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions. Similarly, if a prior
distribution was made, and a repayment
was subsequently made that was less
than the amount of the prior
distribution (including reasonable
interest), the annual benefit attributable
to prior distributions is determined by
multiplying the annual benefit
attributable to the prior distribution by
one minus a fraction, the numerator of
which is the amount of the repayment
and the denominator of which is the
amount of the prior distribution plus
reasonable interest.
The proposed regulations provide an
additional requirement that applies
where a stream of annuity payments is
modified by a new distribution election.
This additional requirement is also
imposed in § 1.401(a)(9)–6, Q&A–
13(c)(3). Under this additional
requirement, which is intended to limit
the extent to which benefits can
increase as a result of a change in
market interest rates, if a stream of
annuity payments is modified by a new
distribution election, the payments
under the annuity that are paid before
the modification plus the modified
payments must satisfy the requirements
of § 1.415(b)–1 determined as of the
original annuity starting date, using the
interest rates and mortality table
applicable to such date. Following the
issuance of the regulations under
section 401(a)(9), commentators
suggested that the rule should be
modified to permit a plan to reflect costof-living adjustments under section
415(d) that occur between the original
annuity starting date and the date of
modification in applying the additional
test. These proposed regulations adopt
this suggestion, and provide that a plan
will not fail to satisfy the additional
requirement merely because payments
reflect cost-of-living adjustments
pursuant to section 415(d) for payments
no earlier than the time those
adjustments are effective and in
amounts no greater than amounts
determined under § 1.415(d)–1(a)(5). In
addition, the proposed regulations
include an amendment to § 1.401(a)(9)–
6, Q&A–13(c)(3), to reflect this change.
Section 1.415(c)–1: Limitations
Applicable To Defined Contribution
Plans
Section 1.415(c)–1 of these proposed
regulations sets forth rules that apply to
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
limitations on annual additions under a
defined contribution plan. Under these
limitations, annual additions must not
be greater than the lesser of $40,000 (as
adjusted pursuant to section 415(d)) or
100% of the participant’s compensation
for the limitation year. The term
‘‘annual additions’’ generally means the
sum for any year of employer
contributions, employee contributions,
and forfeitures. In addition to applying
to qualified defined contribution plans,
the limitations on defined contribution
plans apply to section 403(b) annuity
contracts, simplified employee pensions
described in section 408(k), mandatory
employee contributions to qualified
defined benefit plans, and contributions
to certain medical accounts.
The proposed regulations reflect a
number of statutory changes to section
415(c) that were made after the issuance
of existing final regulations. Among
these changes are the revised limitation
amounts under section 415(c), the
revised rules applicable to employee
stock ownership plans, and the rules
applying the limitations of section
415(c) to certain medical benefit plans.
The proposed regulations also would
make some other changes to existing
regulations, as discussed below.
If annual additions under an annuity
contract that otherwise satisfies the
requirements of section 403(b) exceed
the limitations of section 415(c), then
the portion of the contract that includes
that excess annual addition fails to be a
section 403(b) annuity contract (and
instead is a contract to which section
403(c) applies), and the remaining
portion of the contract is a section
403(b) annuity contract. As under
regulations recently proposed under
section 403(b) (69 FR 67075, November
16, 2004), the proposed regulations
include a provision under which the
status of the remaining portion of the
contract as a section 403(b) contract is
not retained unless, for the year of the
excess and each year thereafter, the
issuer of the contract maintains separate
accounts for each such portion. In
addition, consistent with the change to
section 403(b)(1) made in JCWAA, the
proposed regulations provide that the
limitations under section 415(c) apply
to any section 403(b) annuity contract,
regardless of whether the contract
satisfies the requirements of section
414(i) to be a defined contribution plan.
Thus, the limitations under section
415(c) apply to a section 403(b) annuity
contract even if the limitations of
section 415(b) also apply to the contract
(i.e., if the contract is a church plan that
is covered by the grandfather rule of
section 251(e)(5) of TEFRA).
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
The proposed regulations clarify that
the IRS will treat a sale or exchange by
the employee or the employer that
transfers assets to a plan where the
consideration paid by the plan is less
than the fair market value of the assets
transferred to the plan as giving rise to
an annual addition in the amount of the
difference between the value of the
assets transferred and the consideration.
Consistent with Rev. Rul. 2002–45,
the proposed regulations provide that a
restorative payment that is allocated to
a participant’s account does not give
rise to an annual addition for any
limitation year. For this purpose,
restorative payments are payments
made to restore losses to a plan resulting
from actions by a fiduciary for which
there is reasonable risk of liability for
breach of a fiduciary duty under Title I
of ERISA, where plan participants who
are similarly situated are treated
similarly with respect to the payments.
Generally, payments to a defined
contribution plan are restorative
payments only if the payments are made
in order to restore some or all of the
plan’s losses due to an action (or a
failure to act) that creates a reasonable
risk of liability for such a breach of
fiduciary duty. The proposed
regulations provide that, in addition to
payments to a plan made pursuant to
Department of Labor order or courtapproved settlement to restore losses to
a qualified defined contribution plan on
account of the breach of fiduciary duty,
restorative payments include payments
made pursuant to the Department of
Labor’s Voluntary Fiduciary Correction
Program to restore losses to a qualified
defined contribution plan on account of
the breach of fiduciary duty. However,
payments made to a plan to make up for
losses due merely to market fluctuations
and other payments that are not made
on account of a reasonable risk of
liability for breach of a fiduciary duty
under Title I of ERISA are contributions
that give rise to annual additions and
are not restorative payments.
The proposed regulations would
retain the rule for taxable employers
under existing regulations that the
deadline for making a contribution to
the plan that is credited to a
participant’s account for a limitation
year for purposes of section 415(c).
Under this rule, employer contributions
are not treated as credited to a
participant’s account for a particular
limitation year unless the contributions
are actually made to the plan no later
than 30 days after the end of the period
described in section 404(a)(6) applicable
to the taxable year with or within which
the particular limitation year ends. The
proposed regulations would modify the
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
corresponding rule for tax-exempt
employers. Under the proposed
regulations, the deadline for a taxexempt employer to make a contribution
to the plan that is credited to a
participant’s account for a limitation
year for purposes of section 415(c) is the
15th day of the tenth calendar month
following the close of the taxable year
with or within which the particular
limitation year ends. This date
corresponds to the due date for Form
5500 (with extensions) in cases in
which the taxable year coincides with
the plan year, and generally corresponds
to the contribution due date for taxable
employers who request filing
extensions. The deadline for
contributions for tax-exempt employers
under the proposed regulations would
be an extension from the earlier
deadline now applicable under existing
regulations (i.e., the 15th day of the
sixth calendar month following the
close of the taxable year with or within
which the particular limitation year
ends). The extent to which elective
contributions constitute plan assets for
purposes of the prohibited transaction
provisions of section 4975 and Title I of
ERISA is determined in accordance with
regulations and rulings issued by the
Department of Labor. See 29 CFR
2510.3–102.
The proposed regulations clarify the
operation of the special increased
limitation applicable to church plans
under section 415(c)(7). Under this rule,
notwithstanding the generally
applicable limitations, annual additions
for a section 403(b) annuity contract for
a year with respect to an individual who
is a church employee are treated as not
exceeding the limitation of section
415(c) if such annual additions for the
year are not in excess of $10,000.
However, the total amount of additions
with respect to any participant that are
permitted to be taken into account for
purposes of this rule for all years may
not exceed $40,000. In addition, for any
individual who is a church employee
performing any services for the church
outside the United States, additions for
a section 403(b) annuity contract for any
year are not treated as exceeding the
limitations of section 415(c) if those
annual additions for the year do not
exceed the greater of $3,000 or the
employee’s includible compensation.
The proposed regulations would clarify
that the $40,000 cumulative total only
applies to excesses over what would
have been permitted to be contributed
without regard to this special rule, and
clarifies the interaction between the
generally applicable church employee
rule and the rule for church employees
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31221
performing services outside the United
States. In addition, the proposed
regulations would clarify that the
special rule that applies to services for
a church performed abroad applies to
the employee’s includible compensation
only with respect to services for the
church outside the United States.
The correction mechanism in current
§ 1.415–6(b)(6) for handling excess
annual additions is not included in the
proposed regulations. It is anticipated
that this correction mechanism will be
included in the Employee Plans
Compliance Resolution System (see Rev.
Proc. 2003–44 (2003–1 C.B. 1051)) in
the future.
The proposed regulations generally
would retain the rules under existing
regulations providing that a
contribution to reduce accumulated
funding deficiencies or a contribution
made pursuant to a funding waiver
relates to the limitation year of the
initial funding obligation. However, the
proposed regulations would provide
that any interest paid by the employer
with respect to such a contribution that
is in excess of a reasonable amount is
taken into account as an annual
addition for the limitation year when
the contribution is made (in contrast to
existing regulations, which require
interest in excess of a reasonable
amount to be taken into account as an
annual addition for the limitation year
for which the contribution was
originally required). Rev. Rul. 78–223
(1978–1 C.B. 125) provides a method for
determining contributions required to
amortize waived contributions under a
defined contribution plan. The
application of any of the methods
described in Rev. Rul. 78–223 will
result in reasonable interest payments
for purposes of applying the rules of
section 415 (provided that, if a fixed
interest rate in excess of 5% is used to
amortize waived contributions, the
interest rate is reasonable). Thus, for
example, the actual yield method (under
which the adjusted account balance is
increased or decreased periodically at
the actual rate of investment return
experienced by the plan for such period)
can be used for this purpose.
Section 1.415(c)–2: Definition of
Compensation
Section 1.415(c)–2 of these proposed
regulations defines the term
compensation, which is defined in
section 415(c)(3) and used for purposes
of applying the limitations of section
415 as well as for various other
purposes specified under the Internal
Revenue Code. The proposed
regulations reflect a number of statutory
changes to section 415(c)(3) that were
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31222
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
made after the issuance of existing final
regulations. Among these changes are
the inclusion in compensation of certain
deemed amounts for disabled
participants and nontaxable elective
amounts for deferrals under sections
401(k), 403(b), and 457, cafeteria plan
elections under section 125, and
qualified transportation fringe elections
under section 132(f)(4). In addition to
these changes, the proposed regulations
would make some other changes to
existing regulations, as discussed below.
The proposed regulations provide
specific guidelines regarding when
amounts received following severance
from employment are considered
compensation for purposes of section
415. The following are types of postseverance payments that are not
excluded from compensation because of
timing if they are paid within 21⁄2
months following severance from
employment: (1) Payments that, absent
a severance from employment, would
have been paid to the employee while
the employee continued in employment
with the employer and are regular
compensation for services during the
employee’s regular working hours,
compensation for services outside the
employee’s regular working hours (such
as overtime or shift differential),
commissions, bonuses, or other similar
compensation; and (2) payments for
accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or
other leave, but only if the employee
would have been able to use the leave
if employment had continued. Under
the proposed regulations, the rule
generally excluding payments after
severance from employment from
compensation does not apply to
payments to an individual who does not
currently perform services for the
employer by reason of qualified military
service (as that term is used in section
414(u)(1)) to the extent those payments
do not exceed the amounts the
individual would have received if the
individual had continued to perform
services for the employer rather than
entering qualified military service. This
notice of proposed rulemaking also
contain corresponding proposed
amendments to the regulations under
sections 401(k), 403(b), and 457 that
would provide that amounts received
following severance from employment
can be deferred only if they are
considered compensation under the
rules of section 415.
Section 1.415(d)–1: Cost-of-Living
Adjustments
Section 1.415(d)–1 of these proposed
regulations sets forth rules that apply to
cost-of-living adjustments to the various
limitations of section 415 pursuant to
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
section 415(d). Section 415(d) provides
for the dollar and compensation
limitations on annual benefits and the
dollar limitation on annual additions to
be adjusted annually for increases in the
cost of living based on adjustment
procedures similar to the procedures
used to adjust social security benefit
amounts. These adjustments also apply
for other purposes as specified in the
Internal Revenue Code. The proposed
regulations specify the manner in which
these adjustments are determined each
year, and reflect statutory changes to the
adjustment methodology made after the
1981 regulations were issued. In
addition, the proposed regulations make
several other changes to existing final
regulations, as discussed below.
The proposed regulations would
specify the circumstances under which
an adjusted limit is permitted to be
applied to participants who have
previously commenced receiving
benefits under a defined benefit plan.
Under the proposed regulations, the
adjusted dollar limitation is applicable
to current employees who are
participants in a defined benefit plan
and to former employees who have
retired or otherwise terminated their
service under the plan and have a
nonforfeitable right to accrued benefits,
regardless of whether they have actually
begun to receive such benefits. A plan
is permitted to provide that the annual
increase applies for a participant who
has previously commenced receiving
benefits only to the extent that benefits
have not been paid. Thus, for example,
a plan cannot provide that this annual
increase applies to a participant who
has previously received the entire plan
benefit in a single-sum distribution.
However, a plan is permitted to provide
for an increase in benefits to a
participant who accrues additional
benefits under the plan that could have
been accrued without regard to the
adjustment of the dollar limitation
(including benefits that accrue as a
result of a plan amendment) on or after
the effective date of the adjusted
limitation.
The proposed regulations provide for
a safe harbor under which the annual
benefit will satisfy the limitations of
section 415(b) for the current limitation
year following an adjustment to benefit
payments that is made to reflect the
cost-of-living adjustment made pursuant
to section 415(d). If such adjustments
are made in accordance with this safe
harbor, the multiple annuity starting
date rules of § 1.415(b)–2 do not apply
on account of such adjustments. Under
this safe harbor, if a participant has
received one or more distributions
under an annuity stream that satisfies
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the requirements of section 415(b)
before the adjustment, the plan’s
benefits will satisfy the limitations of
section 415(b) if the amounts payable to
the employee for the limitation year and
subsequent limitation years are not
greater than the amounts that would
otherwise be payable under the annuity
stream without regard to the adjustment,
multiplied by a fraction. The numerator
of this fraction is the limitation under
section 415(b) (i.e., the lesser of the
applicable dollar limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(A), as adjusted for age
at commencement, and the applicable
compensation-based limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(B)) in effect for the
distribution following the adjustment,
and the denominator of this fraction is
such limitation under section 415(b) in
effect for the distribution immediately
before the adjustment.
Section 1.415(f)–1: Combining and
Aggregating Plans
Section 1.415(f)–1 of these proposed
regulations sets forth rules for
combining and aggregating plans
pursuant to section 415(f). Under
section 415(f) and these proposed
regulations, for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415(b) and (c), all
defined benefit plans of an employer are
treated as one defined benefit plan, and
all defined contribution plans of an
employer are treated as one defined
contribution plan. The controlled group
rules of section 414(b) and (c) (as
modified by section 415(h)), the
affiliated service group rules of section
414(m), and the leased employee rules
of section 415(n) apply for purposes of
determining whether a plan that is
maintained by an entity other than the
employer is considered maintained by
the employer for purposes of applying
the aggregation rules of section 415(f).
The proposed regulations would also
make various changes and clarifications
to the existing regulations. The
proposed regulations would clarify that
an employer’s plan must be aggregated
with all plans maintained by a
predecessor employer (see section
414(a)), regardless of whether any such
plan is assumed by the employer.
Pursuant to section 414(a)(1), the
proposed regulations would provide
that, for purposes of section 415, a
former employer is a predecessor
employer with respect to a participant
in a plan maintained by an employer if
the employer maintains a plan under
which the participant had accrued a
benefit while performing services for the
former employer, but only if that benefit
is provided under the plan maintained
by the employer. In addition, the
proposed regulations would provide
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
pursuant to section 414(a)(2) that, with
respect to an employer of a participant,
a former entity that antedates the
employer is a predecessor employer
with respect to the participant if, under
the facts and circumstances, the
employer constitutes a continuation of
all or a portion of the trade or business
of the former entity. This will occur, for
example, where formation of the
employer constitutes a mere formal or
technical change in the employment
relationship and continuity otherwise
exists in the substance and
administration of the business
operations of the former entity and the
employer. See Lear Eye Clinic, Ltd. v.
Commissioner, 106 T.C. 418, 425–429
(1996).
The proposed regulations provide
rules for aggregating participation and
service for purposes of the 10-year
phase-in of the limitations on defined
benefit plans. Under these rules, years
of participation in all aggregated plans
and years of service for employers
maintaining all aggregated plans are
counted for purposes of applying the 10year phase-in rules.
The proposed regulations clarify the
aggregation rules that apply to section
403(b) annuity contracts, other plans of
the employer, and plans of related
employers, in light of changes made in
EGTRRA. Generally a section 403(b)
annuity contract is not aggregated with
plans that are maintained by the
participant’s employer because the
section 403(b) annuity contract is
deemed maintained by the participant
and not the employer for purposes of
section 415. However, if a participant on
whose behalf a section 403(b) annuity
contract is purchased is in control of
any employer for a limitation year, the
annuity contract for the benefit of the
participant is treated as a defined
contribution plan maintained by both
the controlled employer and the
participant for that limitation year and
accordingly, the section 403(b) annuity
contract is aggregated with all other
defined contribution plans maintained
by the employer. Accordingly, the
employer that contributes to the section
403(b) annuity contract must obtain
information from participants regarding
employers controlled by those
participants and plans maintained by
those controlled employers to monitor
compliance with applicable limitations
to comply with applicable reporting and
withholding obligations. In addition to
applying the rules under existing final
regulations for purposes of determining
control for purposes of section 415(f),
the proposed regulations would apply
the rules under proposed § 1.414(c)–5
(regarding aggregation rules for tax-
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
exempt employers), as published in the
Federal Register on November 16, 2004
(69 FR 67075).
The proposed regulations also provide
that a multiemployer plan, as defined in
section 414(f), is not aggregated with
other multiemployer plans for purposes
of determining any section 415
limitation. In addition, a multiemployer
plan will not be aggregated with nonmultiemployer plans for purposes of
applying the 100% of compensation
benefit limit to non-multiemployer
plans under section 415(b)(1)(B). In
general, under the proposed regulations,
benefits of all employers are taken into
account in applying the limitations of
section 415 to a multiemployer plan.
However, a multiemployer plan is
permitted to provide that, where a
participating employer maintains both a
plan which is not a multiemployer plan
and a multiemployer plan, only the
benefits provided by the employer
under the multiemployer plan are
aggregated with the benefits under the
non-multiemployer plan.
Section 1.415(g)–1: Disqualification of
Plans and Trusts
Section 1.415(g)–1 of these proposed
regulations sets forth rules regarding
disqualification of plans and trusts,
including plans and trusts that are
aggregated pursuant to § 1.415(f)–1. In
large part, proposed § 1.415(g)–1
replicates the rules of § 1.415–9 of the
existing final regulations regarding
ordering rules for disqualifying plans
and trusts that are aggregated for
purposes of compliance with section
415. In addition, the proposed
regulations provide rules for
disqualification where an individual
medical account (as described in section
415(l)) and a post-retirement medical
benefits account for key employees (as
described in section 419A(d)) is
combined with a qualified defined
contribution plan for purposes of
applying section 415(c). If the combined
plan exceeds those limitations for a
particular limitation year, the qualified
defined contribution plan (rather than
the medical account) is disqualified for
the limitation year.
Section 1.415(j)–1: Limitation Year
Section 1.415(j)–1 of these proposed
regulations sets forth rules regarding
limitation years that are used as the
period for demonstrating compliance
with section 415. In addition to setting
forth general rules that generally
correspond to rules under existing
regulations, the proposed regulations
provide specific guidelines with respect
to overlapping limitation years for
aggregated plans. These rules reflect the
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31223
guidance provided in Rev. Rul. 79–5
(1979–1 C.B. 165). Where defined
contribution plans with different
limitations years are aggregated, the
rules of section 415(c) must be applied
with respect to each limitation year of
each such plan. For each such limitation
year, the requirements of section 415(c)
are applied to annual additions that are
made for that time period with respect
to the participant under all aggregated
plans. Similarly, where defined benefit
plans with different limitations years
are aggregated, the rules of section
415(c) must be applied with respect to
each limitation year of each such plan.
Thus, for example, the dollar limitation
of section 415(b)(1)(A) applicable to the
limitation year for each plan must be
applied to annual benefits under all
aggregated plans to determine whether
the plan satisfies the requirements of
section 415(b).
Sections 415(m) and 415(n)
These proposed regulations do not
contain provisions relating to section
415(m) (regarding treatment of qualified
governmental excess benefit
arrangements) and section 415(n)
(regarding the purchase of permissive
service credit from a governmental
defined benefit plan). Comments are
requested regarding the need for
regulations or other guidance on issues
arising under these statutory provisions.
Other Changes: Section 457 Regulations
These proposed regulations also
include revisions to the regulations
under section 457 that are in addition to
the revisions to reflect the treatment of
compensation paid after severance from
employment. The additional revisions
do not include any substantive changes,
but would merely make clarifications,
including corrections in an example
illustrating the section 457 catch-up
rules and a correction in the rules
relating to unforeseeable emergencies to
reflect recent revisions in the definition
of a dependent (made under the
Working Families Tax Relief Act of
2004, which modified the definition of
the term dependent under section 152).
Proposed Effective Dates
The regulations under section 415 are
proposed to apply to limitation years
beginning on or after January 1, 2007.
Except as described below, until these
regulations are issued as final
regulations, the existing regulations
remain in effect (to the extent not
modified by statutory changes). A
defined benefit plan that was adopted
and effective before May 31, 2005, will
be considered to satisfy the limitations
of section 415(b) for a participant with
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31224
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
respect to benefits accrued or payable
under the plan as of the effective date
of final regulations implementing these
proposed regulations pursuant to plan
provisions adopted and in effect on May
31, 2005, but only if such plan
provisions meet the requirements of
statutory provisions, regulations, and
other published guidance in effect on
May 31, 2005. Thus, plans that were in
compliance with the rules of section 415
as in effect prior to the finalization of
these regulations will not be
disqualified based on benefits that arise
pursuant to plan provisions that were
adopted and in effect on May 31, 2005,
and that accrue prior to the effective
date of final regulations implementing
these proposed regulations, even if
those benefits no longer comply with
the requirements of section 415 as set
forth under those final regulations.
However, such a plan will not be
permitted to provide for the accrual of
additional benefits for a participant on
or after the effective date of final
regulations implementing these
proposed regulations unless such
additional benefits, together with the
participant’s other accrued benefits,
comply with those new final
regulations.
significant regulatory action as defined
in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a
regulatory assessment is not required. It
has also been determined that section
553(b) of the Administrative Procedure
Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply
to these regulations, and, because the
regulations do not impose a collection
of information on small entities, the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to
section 7805(f) of the Code, this notice
of proposed rulemaking will be
submitted to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration for comment on its
impact on small business.
Sunset of EGTRRA Changes
The proposed regulations do not
provide rules for the application of the
EGTRRA sunset provision (section 901
of EGTRRA), under which the
provisions of EGTRRA do not apply to
taxable, plan, or limitation years
beginning after December 31, 2010.
Unless the EGTRRA sunset provision is
repealed before it becomes effective,
additional guidance will be needed to
clarify its application.
Comments and Public Hearing
Before these proposed regulations are
adopted as final regulations,
consideration will be given to any
written (a signed original and eight (8)
copies) or electronic comments that are
submitted timely to the IRS. The IRS
and Treasury Department specifically
request comments on the clarity of the
proposed regulations and how they may
be made easier to understand. All
comments will be available for public
inspection and copying.
A public hearing has been scheduled
for August 17, 2005 at 10 a.m. in the
auditorium, Internal Revenue Building,
1111 Constitution Avenue, NW.,
Washington, DC. Due to building
security procedures, visitors must use
the main building entrance on
Constitution Avenue. In addition, all
visitors must present photo
identification to enter the building.
Because of access restrictions, visitors
will not be admitted beyond the
immediate entrance area more than 30
minutes before the hearing starts. For
more information about having your
name placed on the list to attend the
hearing, see the FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section of this
preamble.
The rules of 26 CFR 601.601(a)(3)
apply to the hearing. Persons who wish
to present oral comments at the hearing
must submit written (signed original
and eight (8) copies) or electronic
comments and an outline of the topics
to be discussed and the time to be
devoted to each topic by July 27, 2005.
A period of 10 minutes will be allotted
to each person for making comments.
An agenda showing the scheduling of
the speakers will be prepared after the
deadline for receiving outlines has
passed. Copies of the agenda will be
available free of charge at the hearing.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this notice
of proposed rulemaking is not a
Drafting Information
The principal authors of these
regulations are Vernon S. Carter and
Reliance on Compensation Timing
Rules and Changes to Regulations
Under Sections 401(a)(9) and 457
Pending issuance of final regulations,
taxpayers may rely on the modifications
in these proposed regulations contained
in § 1.401(k)–1(e)(8), § 1.415(c)–2(e), and
§ 1.457–4(d) regarding post-severance
compensation payments and other
compensation timing rules,
§ 1.401(a)(9)–6 regarding certain
changes in form of payment, and
§§ 1.457–5, –6, and –10 providing
corrective and clarifying changes.
Pursuant to this reliance, taxpayers may
apply the proposed amendments
described in this paragraph for periods
prior to the effective date of final
regulations.
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Linda S. F. Marshall, Office of Division
Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax
Exempt and Government Entities).
However, other personnel from the IRS
and Treasury participated in the
development of these regulations.
List of Subjects
26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
26 CFR Part 11
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Proposed Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1 and 11
are proposed to be amended as follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 continues to read, in part, as
follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 2. Section 1.401(a)(9)–6, Q&A–
13(c)(3) is revised to read as follows:
§ 1.401(a)(9)–6 Required minimum
distributions for defined benefit plans and
annuity contracts.
A–13. * * *
(c) * * *
(3) In accordance with § 1.415(b)–2(c),
after taking into account the
modification, the payments under the
annuity that are paid before the
modification plus the modified
payments must satisfy the requirements
of § 1.415(b)–1 determined as of the
original annuity starting date, using the
interest rates and mortality table
applicable to such date, except that, for
this purpose, payments will not fail to
satisfy the requirements of § 1.415(b)–1
determined as of the original annuity
starting date merely because the
payments are adjusted to reflect cost-ofliving adjustments pursuant to section
415(d) that are determined in
accordance with § 1.415(d)–1(a)(5); and
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 3. Section 1.401(k)–1 is amended
by adding paragraph (e)(8) to read as
follows:
§ 1.401(k)–1 Certain cash or deferred
arrangements.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(8) Section 415 compensation
required. A cash or deferred
arrangement satisfies this paragraph (e)
only if cash or deferred elections can
only be made with respect to amounts
that are compensation within the
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
meaning of section 415(c)(3) and
§ 1.415(c)–2. Thus, for example, the
arrangement is not a qualified cash or
deferred arrangement if an eligible
employee who is not in qualified
military service (as that term is defined
in section 414(u)) can make a cash or
deferred election with respect to an
amount paid after severance from
employment, unless the amount is paid
within 21⁄2 months following the eligible
employee’s severance from employment
and is described in § 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(ii).
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 4. Section 1.403(b)–3, as
proposed to be revised on November 16,
2004 (69 FR 67086), is further proposed
to be amended by adding text to
paragraph (b)(4)(ii) to read as follows:
§ 1.403(b)–3 Exclusion for contributions to
purchase section 403(b) contracts.
(b) * * *
(4) * * *
(ii) Exceptions. The exclusion from
gross income provided by section 403(b)
applies to contributions made for former
employees with respect to
compensation described in § 1.415(c)–
2(e)(3)(ii) (relating to certain
compensation paid within 21⁄2 months
following severance from employment),
compensation described in § 1.415(c)–
2(g)(4) (relating to compensation paid to
participants who are permanently and
totally disabled), and compensation
relating to qualified military service
under section 414(u).
*
*
*
*
*
§ 1.415–1 thru § 1.415–10
[Removed]
Par. 5. Sections 1.415–1 through
1.415–10 are removed.
Par. 6. Section 1.415(a)–1 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.415(a)–1 General rules with respect to
limitations on benefits and contributions
under qualified plans.
(a) Trusts. Under sections 415 and
401(a)(16), a trust that forms part of a
pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus
plan will not be qualified under section
401(a) if any of the following conditions
exists—
(1) In the case of a defined benefit
plan, the annual benefit with respect to
any participant for any limitation year
exceeds the limitations of section 415(b)
and § 1.415(b)–1 (taking into account
the rules of § 1.415(b)–2);
(2) In the case of a defined
contribution plan, the annual additions
credited with respect to any participant
for any limitation year exceed the
limitations of section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1; or
(3) The trust has been disqualified
under section 415(g) and § 1.415(g)–1
for any year.
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
(b) Certain annuities and accounts—
(1) In general. Under section 415, an
employee annuity plan described in
section 403(a), an annuity contract
described in section 403(b), or a
simplified employee pension described
in section 408(k) will not be considered
to be described in the otherwise
applicable section if any of the
following conditions exists—
(i) The annual benefit under a defined
benefit plan with respect to any
participant for any limitation year
exceeds the limitations of section 415(b)
and § 1.415(b)–1 (taking into account
the rules of § 1.415(b)–2);
(ii) The contributions and other
additions credited under a defined
contribution plan with respect to any
participant for any limitation year
exceed the limitations of section 415(c)
and § 1.415(c)–1; or
(iii) The employee annuity plan,
annuity contract, or simplified
employee pension has been disqualified
under section 415(g) and § 1.415(g)–1
for any year.
(2) Special rule for section 403(b)
annuity contracts—(i) In general. If the
contributions and other additions under
an annuity contract that otherwise
satisfies the requirements of section
403(b) with respect to any participant
for any limitation year exceed the
limitations of section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1, then the portion of the
contract that includes such excess
annual addition fails to be a section
403(b) contract (and instead is a contract
to which section 403(c) applies), and the
remaining portion of the contract is a
section 403(b) contract. The status of the
remaining portion of the contract as a
section 403(b) contract is not retained
unless, for the year of the excess and
each year thereafter, the issuer of the
contract maintains separate accounts for
each such portion. See also § 1.403(b)–
3(c)(3).
(ii) Defined benefit plans. If the
annual benefit under an annuity
contract that otherwise satisfies the
requirements of section 403(b) and that
is a defined benefit plan with respect to
any participant for any limitation year
exceeds the limitations of section 415(b)
and § 1.415(b) (taking into account the
rules of § 1.415(b)–2), then the portion
of the contract that includes such excess
annual benefit fails to be a section
403(b) annuity contract (and instead is
a contract to which section 403(c)
applies), and the remaining portion of
the contract is a section 403(b) annuity
contract. The status of the remaining
portion of the contract as a section
403(b) annuity contract is not retained
unless, for the year of the excess and
each year thereafter, the issuer of the
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31225
contract maintains separate accounts for
each such portion.
(3) Section 403(b) annuity contract.
For purposes of section 415 and
regulations thereunder, the term section
403(b) annuity contract includes
arrangements that are treated as annuity
contracts for purposes of section 403(b).
For example, such term includes
custodial accounts described in section
403(b)(7) and retirement income
accounts described in section 403(b)(9).
(c) Regulations—(1) In general. This
section provides general rules regarding
the application of section 415. For
further rules regarding the application
of section 415, see—
(i) Section 1.415(b)–1 (for general
rules regarding the limit applicable to
defined benefit plans);
(ii) Section 1.415(b)–2 (for special
rules for defined benefit plans where a
participant has multiple annuity starting
dates);
(iii) Section 1.415(c)–1 (for general
rules regarding the limit applicable to
defined contribution plans);
(iv) Section 1.415(c)–2 (for rules
regarding the definition of
compensation for purposes of section
415);
(v) Section 1.415(d)–1 (for rules
regarding cost-of-living adjustments to
the various limits of section 415);
(vi) Section 1.415(f)–1 (for rules for
aggregating plans for purposes of section
415);
(vii) Section 1.415(g)–1 (for rules
regarding disqualification of plans that
fail to satisfy the requirements of section
415); and (viii) Section 1.415(j)–1 (for
rules regarding limitation years).
(2) Cross references to additional
rules for section 403(b) annuity
contracts. For additional rules relating
to section 403(b) annuity contracts,
see—
(i) Section 1.415(c)–2(g)(1) and (3)
(relating to the definition of
compensation for such annuity
contracts);
(ii) Section 1.415(f)–1(g) (relating to
rules for such annuity contracts for
purposes of combining plans);
(iii) Section 1.415(g)–1(b)(3)(iv)(C)
(regarding disqualification of section
403(b) annuity contract aggregated with
a qualified defined contribution plan if
the combined plans exceed the
limitations of section 415(c));
(iv) Section 1.415(g)–1(e) (relating to
the plan year for such annuity
contracts); and
(v) Section 1.415(j)–1(e) (relating to
the limitation year for such annuity
contracts).
(3) Cross references to additional
rules for governmental plans. For
additional rules relating to
governmental plans, see—
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31226
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(i) Section 1.415(b)–1(a)(6)(i)
(providing an exception from the
compensation-based limit of section
415(b)(1)(B) for governmental plans);
(ii) Section 1.415(b)–1(a)(7)(ii)
(regarding a special limitation for
governmental plans making an election
during 1990);
(iii) Section 1.415(b)–1(b)(4)
(regarding qualified governmental
excess benefit arrangements);
(iv) Section 1.415(b)–1(d)(3) and (4)
(regarding age adjustments to the dollar
limit of section 415(b)(1)(A) in the case
of employees of police departments and
fire departments and former members of
the United States Armed Forces, and in
the case of survivor and disability
benefits);
(v) Section 1.415(b)–1(g)(3) (regarding
adjustments to applicable limitations for
years of participation, and adjustments
to applicable limitations for years of
service for survivor and disability
benefits); and
(vi) Section 1.415(c)–1(b)(3)(iii)
(regarding amounts not treated as
annual additions).
(4) Cross references to additional
rules for multiemployer plans. For
additional rules relating to
multiemployer plans, see—
(i) Paragraph (e) of this section
(regarding benefits or contributions
taken into account where a plan is
maintained by more than one
employer);
(ii) Section 1.415(b)–1(a)(6)(ii)
(providing an exception from the
compensation-based limit for
multiemployer plans);
(iii) Section 1.415(b)–1(f)(3) (regarding
the application of the minimum $10,000
limitation on benefits in the case of a
multiemployer plan);
(iv) Section 1.415(f)–1(h) (providing
special rules for aggregating
multiemployer plans with other plans);
and
(v) Section 1.415(g)–1(b)(3)(ii)
(regarding plan disqualification rules
where a multiemployer plan is
aggregated with a plan that is not a
multiemployer plan and the combined
plans exceed the limitations of section
415).
(d) Plan provisions—(1) In general.
Although no specific plan provision is
required under section 415 in order for
a plan to establish or maintain its
qualification, the plan provisions must
preclude the possibility that any
accrual, distribution, or annual addition
will exceed the limitations of section
415. For example, a plan may include
provisions that automatically freeze or
reduce the rate of benefit accrual (in the
case of a defined benefit plan) or the
annual addition (in the case of a defined
VerDate jul<14>2003
17:38 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
contribution plan) to a level necessary
to prevent the limitations from being
exceeded with respect to any
participant. For rules relating to this
type of plan provision and the definitely
determinable benefit requirement for
pension plans, see § 1.401(a)–1(b)(1).
(2) Special rule for profit-sharing and
stock bonus plans. A provision of a
profit-sharing or stock bonus plan that
automatically freezes or reduces the
amount of annual additions to ensure
that the limitations of section 415 will
not be exceeded must comply with the
requirement set forth in § 1.401–
1(b)(1)(ii) or (iii) (as applicable) that
such plans provide a definite
predetermined formula for allocating
the contributions made to the plan
among the participants. If the operation
of a provision that automatically freezes
or reduces the amount of annual
additions to ensure that the limitations
of section 415 are not exceeded does not
involve discretionary action on the part
of the employer, the definite
predetermined allocation formula
requirement is not violated by the
provision. If the operation of such a
provision involves discretionary action
on the part of the employer, the definite
predetermined allocation formula
requirement is violated. For example, if
two profit-sharing plans of one
employer otherwise provide for
aggregate contributions which may
exceed the limits of section 415(c), the
plan provisions must specify (without
involving employer discretion) under
which plan contributions and
allocations will be reduced to prevent
an excess annual addition and how the
reduction will occur.
(3) Incorporation by reference—(i) In
general. A plan is permitted to
incorporate by reference the limitations
of section 415, and will not fail to meet
the definitely determinable benefit
requirement or the definite
predetermined allocation formula
requirement, whichever applies to the
plan, merely because it incorporates the
limits of section 415 by reference.
(ii) Section 415 can be applied in
more than one manner, but a statutory
or regulatory default rule exists. Where
a provision of section 415 is permitted
to be applied in more than one manner
but is to be applied in a specified
manner in the absence of contrary plan
provisions (i.e., a default rule exists), if
a plan incorporates the limitations of
section 415 by reference with respect to
that provision of section 415 and does
not specifically vary from the default
rule, then the default rule applies. With
respect to a provision of section 415 for
which a default rule exists, if the
limitations of section 415 are to be
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
applied in a manner other than using
the default rule, the plan must specify
the manner in which the limitation is to
be applied in addition to generally
incorporating the limitations of section
415 by reference. For example, if a plan
generally incorporates the limitations of
section 415 by reference and does not
restrict the accrued benefits to which
the amendments to section 415(b)(2)(E)
made by GATT apply (as permitted by
Q&A–12 of Rev. Rul. 98–1 (1998–1 C.B.
249) (see § 601.601(d) of this chapter),
which reflects the amendments to
section 767 of GATT made by section
1449 of SBJPA), then the amendments to
section 415(b)(2)(E) made by GATT
apply to all benefits under the plan.
(iii) Section 415 can be applied in
more than one manner with no statutory
or regulatory default. If a limitation of
section 415 may be applied in more
than one manner, and there is no
governing principle pursuant to which
that limitation is applied in the absence
of contrary plan provisions, then the
plan must specify the manner in which
the limitation is to be applied in
addition to generally incorporating the
limitations of section 415 by reference.
For example, if an employer maintains
two profit-sharing plans, and if any
participant participates in more than
one such plan, then both plans must
specify (in a consistent manner) under
which of the employer’s two profitsharing plans annual additions must be
reduced if aggregate annual additions
would otherwise exceed the limitations
of section 415(c)).
(iv) Former requirements. A plan
cannot incorporate by reference
formerly applicable requirements of
section 415 that are no longer in force
(such as the limits of former section
415(e)).
(v) Cost-of-living adjustments—(A) In
general. A plan is permitted to
incorporate by reference the annual
adjustments to the limitations of section
415 that are made pursuant to section
415(d). See § 1.415(d)–1 for additional
rules relating to cost-of-living
adjustments under section 415(d).
(B) Cost-of-living adjustments not
included in accrued benefit until
effective. Notwithstanding that a plan
incorporates the increases to the
applicable limits under section 415(d)
by reference, the accrued benefit of a
participant for purposes of section 411
and the annual benefit payable to a
participant for purposes of § 1.415(b)–
1(a)(1) are not permitted to reflect
increases pursuant to the annual
increase under section 415(d) of the
dollar limitation described in section
415(b)(1)(A) or the compensation limit
described in section 415(b)(1)(B) for any
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
period before the annual increase
becomes effective. A plan amendment
does not violate the requirements of
section 411(d)(6) merely because it
eliminates the incorporation by
reference of the increases under section
415(d) with respect to increases that
have not yet occurred. Pursuant to
§ 1.415(d)–1(a)(3), the increase in each
limit that is adjusted pursuant to section
415(d) is effective as of January 1 of
each calendar year, and applies with
respect to limitation years ending with
or within that calendar year. Thus,
where an increase in the dollar
limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A)
results in an increase to the participant’s
accrued benefit, the increase to the
accrued benefit is permitted to occur as
of a date no earlier than January 1 of the
calendar year for which the increase in
the dollar limitation is effective.
(C) Application of increase in defined
benefit dollar limit to participants who
have commenced receiving benefits. The
annual increase under section 415(d) of
the dollar limitation described in
section 415(b)(1)(A) does not apply in
limitation years beginning after the
annuity starting date to a participant
who has previously commenced
receiving benefits unless the plan
specifies that this annual increase
applies to such a participant. Similarly,
the annual increase under section
415(d) of the compensation-based
limitation described in section
415(b)(1)(B) does not apply in limitation
years beginning after the annuity
starting date to a participant who has
previously commenced receiving
benefits unless the plan specifies that
this annual increase applies to such a
participant.
(D) Treatment of cost-of-living
adjustments for funding purposes. In
general, the annual increase under
section 415(d) of the dollar limitation
described in section 415(b)(1)(A) and
the compensation limitation described
in section 415(b)(1)(B) is treated as a
plan amendment for purposes of
applying sections 404 and 412,
regardless of whether the plan is
amended to reflect the increase or the
plan reflects the increase automatically
through operation of plan provisions.
However, where a plan reflects the
annual increase under section 415(d) of
the dollar limitation described in
section 415(b)(1)(A) or the
compensation limitation described in
section 415(b)(1)(B) automatically
through operation of plan provisions,
the funding method for the plan is
permitted to provide for this annual
increase to be treated as an experience
loss for purposes of applying sections
404 and 412.
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
(e) Rules for plans maintained by
more than one employer. Except as
provided in § 1.415(f)–1(h)(2)(i)
(regarding aggregation of multiemployer
plans with plans other than
multiemployer plans), for purposes of
applying the limitations of section 415
with respect to a participant in a plan
maintained by more than one employer,
benefits and contributions attributable
to such participant from all of the
employers maintaining the plan must be
taken into account. Furthermore, in
applying the limitations of section 415
with respect to such a participant, the
total compensation received by the
participant from all of the employers
maintaining the plan is permitted to be
taken into account under any such plan
if the plan so provides.
(f) Special rules—(1) Affiliated
employers. Pursuant to section 414(b)
and § 1.414(b)–1, all employees of all
corporations that are members of a
controlled group of corporations (within
the meaning of section 1563(a), as
modified by section 1563(f)(5), and
determined without regard to section
1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C)) are treated as
employed by a single employer for
purposes of section 415. Similarly,
pursuant to section 414(c) and
§§ 1.414(c)–1 through 1.414(c)–6, all
employees of trades or businesses that
are under common control are treated as
employed by a single employer. Thus,
any defined benefit plan or defined
contribution plan maintained by any
member of a controlled group of
corporations (within the meaning of
section 414(b)) or by any trade or
business (whether or not incorporated)
under common control (within the
meaning of section 414(c)) is deemed
maintained by all such members or such
trades or businesses. Pursuant to section
415(h), for purposes of section 415,
sections 414(b) and 414(c) are applied
by using the phrase ‘‘more than 50
percent’’ instead of the phrase ‘‘at least
80 percent’’ each place the latter phrase
appears in section 1563(a)(1), in
§ 1.414(c)–2, and in § 1.414(c)–5.
(2) Affiliated service groups. Any
defined benefit plan or defined
contribution plan maintained by any
member of an affiliated service group
(within the meaning of section 414(m))
is deemed maintained by all members of
that affiliated service group.
(3) Leased employees—(i) In general.
Pursuant to section 414(n), except as
provided in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this
section, with respect to any person
(referred to as the recipient) for whom
a leased employee (within the meaning
of section 414(n)(2)) performs services,
the leased employee is treated as an
employee of the recipient, but
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31227
contributions or benefits provided by
the leasing organization that are
attributable to services performed for
the recipient are treated as provided
under a plan maintained by the
recipient.
(ii) Exception for leased employees
covered by safe harbor plans. Pursuant
to section 414(n)(5), the rule of
paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section does
not apply to a leased employee with
respect to services performed for a
recipient if—
(A) The leased employee is covered
by a plan that is maintained by the
leasing organization and that meets the
requirements of section 414(n)(5)(B);
and
(B) Leased employees (determined
without regard to this paragraph
(f)(3)(ii)) do not constitute more than
20% of the recipient’s nonhighly
compensated workforce.
(4) Permissive service credit under
governmental plans. See section 415(n)
for rules regarding the application of the
limitations of sections 415(b) and (c)
where an employee makes contributions
(including a transfer described in
section 403(b)(13) or section 457(e)(17))
to a defined benefit governmental plan
to purchase permissive service credit
under the plan.
(5) Qualified domestic relations
orders. A benefit provided to an
alternate payee (as defined in section
414(p)(8)) of a participant pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order (as
defined in section 414(p)(1)(A)) is
treated as if it were provided to the
participant for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415.
(6) Effect on other requirements.
Except as provided in § 1.417(e)–1(d)(1),
the application of section 415 does not
relieve a plan from the obligation to
satisfy other applicable qualification
requirements. Accordingly, the terms of
the plan must provide for the plan to
satisfy section 415 as well as all other
applicable requirements. For example, if
a defined benefit plan has a normal
retirement age of 62, and if a
participant’s benefit remains unchanged
between the ages of 62 and 65 because
of the application of the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit, the plan
satisfies the requirements of section 411
only if the plan either commences
distribution of the participant’s benefit
at normal retirement age (without regard
to severance from employment) or
provides for a suspension of benefits at
normal retirement age that satisfies the
requirements of section 411(a)(3)(B) and
29 CFR 2530.203–3. Similarly, if the
increase to a participant’s benefit under
a defined benefit plan in a year after the
participant has attained normal
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31228
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
retirement age is less than the actuarial
increase to the participant’s previously
accrued benefit because of the
application of the section 415(b)(1)(B)
compensation limitation (which is not
adjusted for commencement after age
65), the plan satisfies the requirements
of section 411 only if the plan either
commences distribution of the
participant’s benefit at normal
retirement age (without regard to
severance from employment) or
provides for a suspension of benefits at
normal retirement age that satisfies the
requirements of section 411(a)(3)(B) and
29 CFR 2530.203–3.
(g) Effective date—(1) General rule.
Except as otherwise provided,
§§ 1.415(a)–1, 1.415(b)–1, 1.415(b)–2,
1.415(c)–1, 1.415(c)–2, 1.415(d)–1,
1.415(f)–1, 1.415(g)–1, and 1.415(j)–1
apply to limitation years beginning on
or after January 1, 2007.
(2) Option to apply regulations earlier.
A plan that was adopted and in effect
before January 1, 2007, is permitted to
apply the provisions of §§ 1.415(a)–1,
1.415(b)–1, 1.415(b)–2, 1.415(c)–1,
1.415(c)–2, 1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1,
1.415(g)–1, and 1.415(j)–1 to limitation
years beginning after the date final
regulations are published in the Federal
Register.
(3) Grandfather rule for preexisting
benefits. A defined benefit plan that was
adopted and effective before May 31,
2005, is considered to satisfy the
limitations of section 415(b) for a
participant with respect to benefits
accrued or payable under the plan as of
the effective date of final regulations
under §§ 1.415(a)–1, 1.415(b)–1,
1.415(b)–2, 1.415(c)–1, 1.415(c)–2,
1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1, 1.415(g)–1, and
1.415(j)–1 (as provided under paragraph
(g)(1) and (2) of this section) pursuant to
plan provisions that were adopted and
in effect on May 31, 2005, but only if
such plan provisions meet the
requirements of statutory provisions,
regulations, and other published
guidance in effect on May 31, 2005.
(4) Sunset of EGTRRA amendments.
Sections 1.415(a)–1, 1.415(b)–1,
1.415(b)–2, 1.415(c)–1, 1.415(c)–2,
1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1, 1.415(g)–1, and
1.415(j)–1 do not address the
application of section 901 of the
Economic Growth and Tax Relief
Reconciliation Act of 2001, Public Law
107–16, 115 Stat. 38 (under which the
amendments made by that Act do not
apply to limitation years beginning after
December 31, 2010).
Par. 7. Section 1.415(b)–1 is added to
read as follows:
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 1.415(b)–1
plans.
Limitations for defined benefit
(a) General rules—(1) Maximum
limitations. Except as otherwise
provided under this section, a defined
benefit plan fails to satisfy the
requirements of section 415(a) for a
limitation year if, during the limitation
year, either the annual benefit (as
defined in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section) accrued by a participant or the
annual benefit payable to a participant
at any time under the plan exceeds the
lesser of—
(i) $160,000 (as adjusted pursuant to
section 415(d), § 1.415(d)–1(a), and this
section); or
(ii) 100% of the participant’s average
compensation for the period of the
participant’s high 3 years of service (as
adjusted pursuant to section 415(d),
§ 1.415(d)–1(a), and this section).
(2) Defined benefit plan. For purposes
of section 415 and regulations
thereunder, a defined benefit plan is any
plan, contract, or account to which
section 415 applies pursuant to
§ 1.415(a)–1(a) or (b) (or any portion
thereof) that is not a defined
contribution plan within the meaning of
§ 1.415(c)–1(a)(2). In addition, a section
403(b) contract that is not described in
section 414(i) is treated as a defined
benefit plan for purposes of section 415
and regulations thereunder.
(3) Plan provisions. As required in
§ 1.415(a)–1(d)(1), in order to satisfy the
limitations on benefits under this
section, the plan provisions (including
the provisions of any annuity) must
preclude the possibility that any annual
benefit exceeding these limitations will
be accrued, distributed, or otherwise
payable in any optional form of benefit
(including the normal form of benefit) at
any time (from the plan, from an
annuity contract that will make
distributions to the participant on behalf
of the plan, or from an annuity contract
that has been distributed under the
plan). Thus, for example, a plan will fail
to satisfy the limitations of this section
if the plan does not contain terms that
preclude the possibility that any annual
benefit exceeding these limitations will
be accrued or payable in any optional
form of benefit (including the normal
form of benefit) at any time, even
though no participant has actually
accrued a benefit in excess of these
limitations.
(4) Adjustments to dollar limitation
for commencement before age 62 or
after age 65. The age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit computed
pursuant to paragraph (d) or (e) of this
section is used in place of the dollar
limitation described in section
415(b)(1)(A) and paragraph (a)(1)(i) of
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
this section in the case of a benefit with
an annuity starting date that occurs
before the participant attains age 62 or
after the participant attains age 65.
(5) Period of high 3 years of service—
(i) In general. For purposes of applying
the limitation on benefits described in
this section, the period of a participant’s
high 3 years of service is the period of
3 consecutive calendar years during
which the employee was an active
participant in the plan and had the
greatest aggregate compensation (as
defined in § 1.415(c)–2) from the
employer. For purposes of this
paragraph (a)(5), in determining a
participant’s high 3 years of service, the
plan may use any 12-month period to
determine a year of service instead of
the calendar year, provided that it is
uniformly and consistently applied in a
manner that is specified under the terms
of the plan. As provided under
§ 1.415(c)–2(f), because a plan may not
base benefit accruals (in the case of a
defined benefit plan) on compensation
in excess of the limitation under section
401(a)(17), a plan’s definition of
compensation for a limitation year that
is used for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415 is not
permitted to reflect compensation for a
plan year that is in excess of the
limitation under section 401(a)(17) that
applies to that plan year.
(ii) Short periods of service. For those
employees who are employed with the
employer while an active participant for
less than 3 consecutive calendar years,
the period of a participant’s high 3 years
of service is the actual number of
consecutive years of employment
(including fractions of years) while an
active participant in the plan. In such a
case, the limitation of section
415(b)(1)(B) of 100% of the participant’s
compensation for the period of the
participant’s high 3 years of service is
computed by dividing the participant’s
compensation during the participant’s
longest consecutive period of
employment while a plan participant by
the number of years in that period
(including fractions of years, but not
less than one year).
(iii) Examples: The following
examples illustrate the rules of this
paragraph (a)(5):
Example 1. (i) Plan A, which was
established on January 1, 2004, covers
Participant M, who was hired on January 1,
2000. The limitation year for Plan A is the
calendar year. Participant M’s compensation
(as defined in § 1.415(c)–2) from the
employer maintaining the plan is $120,000
for 2000, $120,000 for 2001, $120,000 for
2002, $120,000 for 2003, $100,000 for 2004,
$100,000 for 2005, $100,000 for 2006, and
$80,000 for 2007. Plan A does not specify a
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
period other than the calendar year for
determining the period of a participant’s high
3 years of service while a plan participant.
(ii) As of the end of the 2004 limitation
year, the period of M’s highest 3 consecutive
years of service while a plan participant (or
fewer, if applicable) runs from January 1,
2004, through December 31, 2004. As of the
end of the 2005 limitation year, the period of
M’s highest 3 consecutive years of service
while a plan participant (or fewer, if
applicable) runs from January 1, 2004,
through December 31, 2005. As of the end of
the 2006 limitation year and the 2007
limitation year, the period of M’s highest 3
consecutive years of service while a plan
participant (or fewer, if applicable) runs from
January 1, 2004, through December 31, 2006.
For all of those periods, M’s average
compensation is $100,000. Thus, the
limitation under section 415(b)(1)(B) for 2004
through 2007 is applied using $100,000 as
M’s average compensation for the period of
M’s high 3 consecutive years of service while
a plan participant (or fewer, if applicable).
Example 2. (i) Participant P has
participated in Plan A, maintained by
Employer M, for more than 10 years. P’s
average compensation for P’s high 3 years
while a participant in Plan A (determined
before the application of section 401(a)(17))
is $220,000. On January 1, 2007, P
commences receiving benefits from Plan A at
the age of 75, 10 years after attaining P’s
normal retirement age under Plan A.
Distributions to P under Plan A are
actuarially adjusted to reflect commencement
10 years after normal retirement age using a
5% interest rate and the applicable mortality
table under section 417(e)(3) that applies as
of January 1, 2003. The limitation year and
the plan year for Plan A are the calendar
year.
(ii) Pursuant to § 1.415(c)–2(f) and section
401(a)(17), Plan A is not permitted to provide
for a definition of compensation that
includes compensation for a plan year that is
in excess of the limitation under section
401(a)(17) that applies to that plan year.
Accordingly, the limitation under section
415(b)(1)(B) based on P’s average
compensation for P’s high three consecutive
years must not reflect compensation for any
plan year that is in excess of the limitation
under section 401(a)(17) that applies to that
plan year. Thus, for example, if the limitation
under section 401(a)(17) for plan years
beginning in 2004, 2005, and 2006 is
$205,000, and if P had compensation in
excess of $205,000 in each of those years,
then the limitation under section 415(b)(1)(B)
based on P’s average compensation for P’s
high three consecutive years is $205,000.
(6) Exceptions from compensation
limit. The limit under paragraph
(a)(1)(ii) of this section (i.e., 100% of the
participant’s average compensation for
his high 3 years of service) does not
apply to—
(i) A governmental plan (as defined in
section 414(d));
(ii) A multiemployer plan (as defined
in section 414(f)); or
(iii) A collectively bargained plan that
is described in section 415(b)(7).
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
(7) Special rules—(i) Total benefits
not in excess of $10,000. See section
415(b)(4) and paragraph (f) of this
section for an exception from the limits
of section 415(b)(1) and paragraph (a)(1)
of this section with respect to retirement
benefits that do not exceed $10,000 for
the limitation year.
(ii) Governmental plans electing
during 1990. For a special limitation
applicable to certain governmental
plans electing the application of this
rule during the first plan year beginning
after December 31, 1989, see section
415(b)(10).
(b) Annual benefit—(1) In general—(i)
Definition of annual benefit. For
purposes of this section and § 1.415(b)–
2, the term annual benefit means a
benefit that is payable annually in the
form of a straight life annuity. With
respect to a benefit payable in a form
other than a straight life annuity, the
annual benefit is determined as the
straight life annuity that is actuarially
equivalent to the benefit payable in such
other form, determined under the rules
of paragraph (c) of this section.
(ii) Rules for determination of annual
benefit. The annual benefit does not
include the annual benefit attributable
to either employee contributions or
rollover contributions (as described in
sections 401(a)(31), 402(c)(1), 403(a)(4),
403(b)(8), and 408(d)(3), and 457(e)(16)),
determined pursuant to the rules of
paragraph (b)(2) of this section. The
treatment of transferred benefits is
determined under the rules of paragraph
(b)(3) of this section. Paragraph (b)(4) of
this section discusses the treatment of
qualified governmental excess benefit
arrangements.
(iii) Determination of annual benefit
in the case of multiple annuity starting
dates. See § 1.415(b)–2 for rules
regarding the determination of the
annual benefit from one or more plans
in cases in which a participant has
received one or more distributions in
limitation years prior to an increase in
the accrued benefit occurring during the
current limitation year or prior to the
annuity starting date for a distribution
that commences during the current
limitation year. The rules of § 1.415(b)–
2 apply, for example, to multiple
annuity starting dates that result from
the commencement of an additional
distribution and to multiple annuity
starting dates that result from a new
distribution election with respect to a
distribution that commenced in a prior
limitation year. For purposes of
§ 1.415(b)–2, the determination of
whether a new annuity starting date has
occurred is made without regard to the
rule of § 1.401(a)–20, Q&A–10(d) (under
which the commencement of certain
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31229
distributions may not give rise to a new
annuity starting date).
(2) Determination of annual benefit
attributable to employee contributions
and rollover contributions—(i) In
general. If employee contributions
(other than contributions described in
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section) or
rollover contributions are made to the
plan, the annual benefit attributable to
these contributions is determined as
provided in this paragraph (b)(2).
(ii) Certain employee contributions
disregarded. For purposes of this
paragraph (b)(2), the following are not
treated as employee contributions—
(A) Contributions that are picked up
by a governmental employer as
provided under section 414(h)(2);
(B) Repayment of any loan made to a
participant from the plan;
(C) Repayment of a previously
distributed amount as described in
section 411(a)(7)(B) in accordance with
section 411(a)(7)(C); and
(D) Repayment of a withdrawal of
employee contributions as provided
under section 411(a)(3)(D).
(iii) Annual benefit attributable to
mandatory employee contributions. In
the case of mandatory employee
contributions as defined in section
411(c)(2)(C) and § 1.411(c)–1(c)(4) (or
contributions that would be mandatory
employee contributions if section 411
applied to the plan), the annual benefit
attributable to those contributions is
determined by applying the factors
applicable to mandatory employee
contributions as described in section
411(c)(2)(B) and (C) and the regulations
thereunder to those contributions to
determine the amount of a straight life
annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date, regardless of whether
section 411 applies to that plan. See
§ 1.415(c)–1(a)(2)(ii)(B) and (b)(3) for
rules regarding treatment of mandatory
employee contributions to a defined
benefit plan as annual additions under
a defined contribution plan.
(iv) Voluntary employee
contributions. If voluntary employee
contributions are made to the plan, the
portion of the plan to which voluntary
employee contributions are made is
treated as a defined contribution plan
pursuant to section 414(k) and,
accordingly, is a defined contribution
plan pursuant to § 1.415(c)–1(a)(2)(i).
Accordingly, the portion of a plan to
which voluntary employee
contributions are made is not a defined
benefit plan within the meaning of
paragraph (a)(2) of this section and is
not taken into account in determining
the annual benefit under the portion of
the plan that is a defined benefit plan.
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31230
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(v) Annual benefit attributable to
rollover contributions. The annual
benefit attributable to rollover
contributions from another qualified
plan (for example, a contribution
received pursuant to a direct rollover
under section 401(a)(31)) is determined
in the same manner as the annual
benefit attributable to mandatory
employee contributions if the plan
provides for a benefit derived from the
rollover contribution (other than a
benefit derived from a separate account
to be maintained with respect to the
rollover contribution and actual
earnings and losses thereon). Thus, in
the case of rollover contributions from
a defined contribution plan to a defined
benefit plan to provide an annuity
distribution, the annual benefit
attributable to those rollover
contributions for purposes of section
415 is determined by applying the rules
of section 411(c), regardless of the
assumptions used to compute the
annuity distribution under the plan.
Accordingly, in such a case, if the plan
uses more favorable factors than those
specified in section 411(c) to determine
the amount of annuity payments arising
from rollover contributions, the annual
benefit under the plan would reflect the
excess of those annuity payments over
the amounts that would be payable
using the factors specified in section
411(c)(3). See § 1.415(c)–1(b)(3)(i) for
rules excluding rollover contributions
maintained in a separate account that is
treated as a defined contribution plan
pursuant to section 414(k) from annual
additions to a defined contribution plan.
(3) Treatment of transferred benefits—
(i) In general—(A) Transferor plan and
transferee plan aggregated. For the
limitation year that includes the date of
a transfer between defined benefit plans,
if the transferee plan’s benefits are
required to be taken into account
pursuant to section 415(f) and
§ 1.415(f)–1 in determining whether the
transferor plan satisfies the limitations
of section 415(b) for that limitation year,
then the transferred benefits are
included in determining the annual
benefit under the transferee plan and are
disregarded in determining the annual
benefit under the transferor plan. This
will occur, for example, if the employer
sponsoring the transferor plan and the
employer sponsoring the transferee plan
are in the same controlled group within
the meaning of section 414(b). Similarly,
with respect to a transfer between
defined benefit plans that occurred in a
previous limitation year, if the
transferee plan’s benefits are required to
be taken into account pursuant to
section 415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1 in
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
determining whether the transferor plan
satisfies the limitations of section
415(b), then the transferred benefits are
included in determining the annual
benefit under the transferee plan and are
disregarded in determining the annual
benefit under the transferor plan for the
current limitation year. Accordingly, if
the transferee plan’s benefits are
required to be taken into account
pursuant to section 415(f) and
§ 1.415(f)–1 in determining whether the
transferor plan satisfies the limitations
of section 415(b) for the limitation year
with respect to a transfer occurring in
the current limitation year or a prior
limitation year, no adjustment is made
to the benefits actually provided under
either plan for purposes of determining
the annual benefit under the plans as
aggregated.
(B) Transferor plan and transferee
plan not aggregated. When there has
been a transfer of liabilities from one
qualified plan to another, the benefits
associated with those transferred
liabilities are treated by the transferor
plan as distributed as a single-sum
distribution in an amount determined
under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section
if the transferee plan’s benefits are not
required to be taken into account
pursuant to section 415(f) and
§ 1.415(f)–1 in determining whether the
transferor plan satisfies the limitations
of section 415(b). Although such a
transfer is treated as a distribution in
computing the annual benefit under the
transferor plan, no adjustment is made
to reflect the transfer for purposes of
determining the annual benefit under
the transferee plan. This will occur, for
example, if the employer sponsoring the
transferor plan is a predecessor
employer with respect to the participant
whose benefits are transferred to the
transferee plan, where the transferee
plan’s benefits are not required to be
taken into account pursuant to section
415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1 in determining
whether the transferor plan satisfies the
limitations of section 415(b).
(ii) Amount of deemed distribution on
account of transfer of benefits—(A) In
general. Where there has been a transfer
of liabilities from one qualified defined
benefit plan to another, the amount of
the single-sum distribution that is
deemed distributed from the transferor
plan pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i)(B)
of this section is the amount of the
assets transferred (other than surplus
assets transferred). Thus, where the fair
market value of assets transferred from
another defined benefit plan in
connection with the transfer of
liabilities equals or exceeds the actuarial
present value of liabilities transferred,
the annual benefit attributable to the
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
liabilities transferred is determined
taking into account the entire amount of
liabilities transferred as a single-sum
distribution.
(B) Amount of assets transferred.
Where assets are transferred with
respect to more than one participant, the
assets transferred with respect to each
participant (other than surplus assets
transferred) are determined as the
actuarial present value of the straight
life annuity that is actuarially
equivalent to the amount the participant
would receive if the plan terminated
immediately before the transfer (if the
plan had then terminated) under the
rules of section 414(l) or Subtitle E of
Title IV of ERISA, whichever applies to
the transferor plan. If neither the rules
of section 414(l) nor the rules of Subtitle
E of Title IV of ERISA apply to the plan,
then the assets transferred with respect
to each participant are determined as
the actuarial present value of the
straight life annuity that is actuarially
equivalent to the amount the participant
would receive if the plan terminated
immediately before the transfer,
determined by allocating the assets, to
the extent possible, so that employees
who are not officers, shareholders, or
highly compensated employees receive
from the plan at least the same
proportion of the present value of their
accrued benefits (whether or not
nonforfeitable) as employees who are
officers, shareholders, or highly
compensated employees.
(iii) Transfer of immediately
distributable amount. Where an
immediately distributable amount is
transferred from either a defined
contribution plan or a defined benefit
plan to a defined benefit plan (see
§ 1.411(d)–4, Q&A–3(c) regarding
certain elective transfers of immediately
distributable benefits), the annual
benefit attributable to the benefits
transferred is determined pursuant to
the rules of paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this
section regarding rollover contributions.
(4) Treatment of qualified
governmental excess benefit
arrangements. Pursuant to section
415(m), in determining whether a
governmental plan (as defined in
section 414(d)) meets the requirements
of this section and § 1.415(b)–2, the
annual benefit does not include benefits
provided under a qualified
governmental excess benefit
arrangement, as defined in section
415(m)(3).
(c) Adjustment to form of benefit for
forms other than a straight life
annuity—(1) In general. This paragraph
(c) provides rules for adjusting a form of
benefit other than a straight life annuity
to an actuarially equivalent straight life
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
annuity beginning at the same time for
purposes of determining the annual
benefit described in paragraph (b) of this
section. Examples of benefits that are
not in the form of a straight life annuity
include an annuity with a postretirement death benefit and an annuity
providing for a guaranteed number of
payments. Paragraph (c)(2) of this
section describes how to adjust a form
of benefit to which section 417(e)(3)
does not apply. Paragraph (c)(3) of this
section describes how to adjust a form
of benefit to which section 417(e)(3)
applies. Paragraph (c)(4) of this section
describes benefit forms for which no
adjustment is required. Paragraph (c)(5)
of this section sets forth examples
illustrating the application of this
paragraph (c). The Commissioner may,
in revenue rulings, notices, or other
guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin set forth simplified
methods for adjusting a form of benefit
other than a straight life annuity to an
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity beginning at the same time for
purposes of determining the annual
benefit described in paragraph (b) of this
section. See § 601.601(d) of this chapter.
(2) Benefits to which section 417(e)(3)
does not apply. For a benefit to which
section 417(e)(3) does not apply, the
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity benefit is the greater of—
(i) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity (if any) payable to the
participant under the plan commencing
at the same annuity starting date as the
form of benefit payable to the
participant; or
(ii) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using a 5%
interest assumption and the applicable
mortality table described in § 1.417(e)–
1(d)(2) for that annuity starting date.
(3) Benefits to which section 417(e)(3)
applies—(i) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this
section, for a benefit to which section
417(e) applies, the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity benefit is
the greater of—
(A) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using the
interest rate and mortality table, or
tabular factor, specified in the plan for
actuarial equivalence; or
(B) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using the
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
applicable interest rate for the
distribution under § 1.417(d)–1(d)(3)
and the applicable mortality table for
the distribution under § 1.417(e)–
1(d)(2).
(ii) Special rule for 2004 and 2005.
For distributions to which section
417(e) applies and which have annuity
starting dates beginning in 2004 or 2005,
except as provided in section 101(d)(3)
of the Pension Funding Equity Act of
2004 (118 Stat. 596), the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity benefit is
the greater of—
(A) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using the
interest rate and mortality table, or
tabular factor, specified in the plan for
actuarial equivalence; or
(B) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using a 5.5%
interest assumption and the applicable
mortality table for the distribution
under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2).
(4) Certain benefit forms for which no
adjustment is required—(i) In general.
For purposes of the adjustments
described in this paragraph (c), the
following benefits are not taken into
account—
(A) Survivor benefits payable to a
surviving spouse under a qualified joint
and survivor annuity (as defined in
section 417(b)) to the extent that such
benefits would not be payable if the
participant’s benefit were not paid in
the form of a qualified joint and
survivor annuity; and
(B) Ancillary benefits that are not
directly related to retirement benefits,
such as preretirement disability benefits
not in excess of the qualified disability
benefit, preretirement incidental death
benefits (including a qualified
preretirement survivor annuity), and
post-retirement medical benefits.
(ii) Rules of application—(A) Social
security supplements. Although a social
security supplement described in
section 411(a)(9) and § 1.411(a)–7(c)(4)
may be an ancillary benefit, it is
included in determining the annual
benefit because it is payable upon
retirement and therefore is directly
related to retirement income benefits.
(B) QJSAs combined with other
distributions. If benefits are paid partly
in the form of a qualified joint and
survivor annuity and partly in some
other form (such as a single-sum
distribution), the rule of paragraph
(c)(4)(i)(A) of this section (under which
survivor benefits are not included in
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31231
determining the annual benefit) applies
to the survivor annuity payments under
the portion of the benefit that is paid in
the form of a QJSA.
(5) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the provisions of this
paragraph (c). For purposes of these
examples, except as otherwise stated,
actuarial equivalence under the plan is
determined using a 5% interest
assumption and the mortality table that
applies under section 417(e)(3) as of
January 1, 2003. It is assumed for
purposes of these examples that the
interest rate that applies under section
417(e)(3) for relevant time periods is
5.25% and that the mortality table that
applies under section 417(e)(3) for
relevant time periods is the mortality
table that applies under section
417(e)(3) as of January 1, 2003. In
addition, it is assumed that all
participants discussed in these
examples have at least ten years of
service with the employer and at least
ten years of participation in the plan at
issue, and that all payments other than
a payment of a single sum are made
monthly, on the first day of each
calendar month. The examples are as
follows:
Example 1. (i) Plan A provides a singlesum distribution determined as the actuarial
present value of the straight life annuity
payable at the actual retirement date. Plan A
provides that a participant’s single sum is
determined as the greater of the present value
using 5% interest and the applicable
mortality table under section 417(e)(3) as of
January 1, 2003, and the present value using
the applicable interest rate and the applicable
mortality table under section 417(e). In
accordance with § 1.417(e)–1(d)(1), Plan A
also provides that the single sum is not less
than the actuarial present value of the
accrued benefit payable at normal retirement
age, determined using the applicable interest
rate and the applicable mortality table.
Participant M retires at age 65 with a formula
benefit of $152,619 and elects to receive a
distribution in the form of a single sum.
Under the plan formula, and before the
application of section 415 under the plan, the
amount of the single sum is $1,800,002
(which is based on the 5% interest rate and
applicable mortality table as of January 1,
2003, since that is greater than the amount
that would have been determined using the
5.25% interest rate and the applicable
mortality table).
(ii) For purposes of this section, the annual
benefit is the greater of the annual amount of
the actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity commencing at the same age
(determined using the plan’s actuarial
factors), and the annual amount of the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
commencing at the same age (determined
using the applicable interest rate and
applicable mortality table). Based on the
factors used in the plan to determine the
actuarially equivalent lump sum (in this case,
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31232
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
an interest rate of 5% and the applicable
mortality table as of January 1, 2003),
$1,800,002 payable as a single sum is
actuarially equivalent to an immediate
straight life annuity at age 65 of $152,619.
Based on the applicable interest rate and the
applicable mortality table, $1,800,002
payable as a single sum is actuarially
equivalent to an immediate straight life
annuity at age 65 of $155,853. With respect
to the single-sum distribution, M’s annual
benefit is equal to the greater of the two
resulting amounts ($152,619 and $155,853),
or $155,853.
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that Participant M elects
to receive his benefit in the form of a 10-year
certain and life annuity. Applying the plan’s
actuarial equivalence factors determined
using 5% interest and the applicable
mortality table as of January 1, 2003, the
benefit payable in this form is $146,100.
(ii) For purposes of this section, the annual
benefit is the greater of the annual amount of
the plan’s straight life annuity commencing
at the same age or the annual amount of the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
commencing at the same age, determined
using a 5% interest rate and the applicable
mortality table. In this case, the straight life
annuity payable under the plan commencing
at the same age is $152,619. Because the
plan’s factors for actuarial equivalence in this
case are the same standardized actuarial
factors required to be applied to determine
the actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity, the actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity using the required standardized
factors is also $152,619. With respect to the
10-year certain and life annuity distribution,
M’s annual benefit is equal to the greater of
the two resulting amounts ($152,619 and
$152,619), or $152,619.
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1. Participant N retires at age 62
with a formula benefit, after application of
the plan’s early retirement factors, of
$100,000 and a Social Security supplement
of $10,000 per year payable until age 65. N
chooses to receive the accrued benefit in the
form of a straight life annuity. The Plan has
no provisions under which the actuarial
value of the Social Security supplement can
be paid as a level annuity for life.
(ii) Because the plan does not provide for
a straight life annuity beginning at age 62, the
annual benefit for purposes of this section is
the annual amount of the straight life annuity
commencing at age 62 that is actuarially
equivalent to the distribution stream of
$110,000 for three years and $100,000
thereafter, where actuarial equivalence is
determined using a 5% interest rate and the
applicable mortality table. In this case, the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is
$102,180. Accordingly, with respect to this
distribution stream, N’s annual benefit is
equal to $102,180.
Example 4. (i) Plan B is a defined benefit
plan that provides a benefit equal to 100%
of a participant’s compensation for the
participant’s high 3 years of service while a
participant, payable as a straight life annuity.
For a married participant who does not elect
another form of benefit, the benefit is payable
in the form of a joint and 100% survivor
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
annuity benefit that is reduced from the
straight life annuity and is a QJSA within the
meaning of section 417. For purposes of
determining the amount of this QJSA, the
plan provides that the reduction is only half
of the reduction that would normally apply
under the actuarial assumptions specified in
the plan for determining actuarial
equivalence of optional forms. The plan also
provides that a married participant can elect
to receive the plan benefits as a straight life
annuity, or in the form of a single sum
distribution that is the actuarial equivalent of
the joint and 100% survivor annuity.
Participant O elects, with spousal consent, a
single-sum distribution.
(ii) The special rule that disregards the
value of the survivor portion of a QJSA set
forth in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section
only applies to a benefit that is payable in the
form of a qualified joint and survivor
annuity. Any other form of benefit must be
adjusted to a straight life annuity in
accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this
section. Accordingly, because the benefit
payable under the plan in the form of a
single-sum distribution is the actuarial
equivalent of a straight life annuity that is
greater than 100% of a participant’s
compensation for his high 3 years, the
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B) has been
exceeded.
Example 5. (i) Plan C is a defined benefit
plan that provides an option to receive the
benefit in the form of a joint and 100%
survivor annuity with a 10-year certain
feature, where the survivor beneficiary is the
participant’s spouse.
(ii) For a participant at age 65, the annual
benefit with respect to the joint and 100%
survivor annuity with a 10-year certain
feature is determined as the greater of the
annual amount of the straight life annuity
payable to the participant under the plan at
age 65 (if any), or the annual amount of the
straight life annuity commencing at age 65
that has the same actuarial present value as
the joint and 100% survivor annuity with a
10 year certain feature (but excluding the
survivor annuity payments pursuant to
paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of this section),
computing using a 5% interest assumption
and the applicable mortality table described
in § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) for that annuity starting
date. This latter amount is equal to the
product of the annual payments under this
optional form of benefit and the factor that
provides for actuarial equivalence between a
straight life annuity and a 10-year certain and
life annuity (with no annuity for the
survivor) computed using a 5% interest rate
and the applicable mortality table.
Example 6. (i) Plan D is a defined benefit
plan with a normal retirement age of 65. The
normal retirement benefit under Plan D (and
the only life annuity available under Plan D)
is a life annuity with a fixed increase of 2%
per year. The increase applies to the benefit
provided in the prior year and is thus
compounded. The plan provides that the
benefit is limited to the lesser of 84% of the
participant’s average compensation for the
participant’s high 3 consecutive years of
service while a plan participant or 84% of
the section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit (which is
assumed to be $170,000). Participant P’s
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
retires at age 65, at which time P’s average
compensation for P’s high 3 consecutive
years of service is $165,000. Accordingly, P
commences receiving benefits in the form of
a life annuity of $138,600 with a fixed
increase of 2% per year.
(ii) Because Plan D does not provide for a
straight life annuity, P’s annual benefit for
purposes of section 415(b) is the annual
amount of the straight life annuity,
commencing at age 65, that is actuarially
equivalent to the distribution stream of
$138,600 with a fixed increase of 2% per
year, where actuarial equivalence is
determined using a 5% interest rate and the
applicable mortality table. In order to satisfy
the requirements of section 415 and this
section, this annual benefit must not exceed
100% of average compensation for the
participant’s high 3 consecutive years, or
$165,000. Using a 5% interest rate and the
section 417(e)(3) mortality table, the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is
$165,453, which exceeds $165,000.
Accordingly, the plan fails to satisfy the
compensation-based limitation of section
415(b)(1)(B).
Example 7. (i) Plan E provides a benefit at
age 65 of a straight life annuity equal to the
lesser of 90% of the participant’s average
compensation for the participant’s highest 3
consecutive years of service while a plan
participant and $148,500. Upon retirement at
age 65, the optional forms of benefit available
to a participant include payment of a QJSA
with annual payments equal to 50% of the
annual payments under the straight life
annuity, along with a single-sum distribution
that is actuarially equivalent (determined as
the greater of the single sum calculated using
a 5% interest assumption and the section
417(e)(3) mortality table in effect on January
1, 2003, and the single sum calculated using
the section 417(e)(3) interest rate and the
section 417(e)(3) mortality table) to 50% of
the annual payments under the straight life
annuity. Participant Q retires at age 65. Q’s
average compensation for Q’s highest 3
consecutive years is $100,000. Q elects to
receive a distribution in the optional form of
benefit described above, under which the
annual payments under the QJSA are $45,000
and the single-sum distribution is equal to
$530,734. Q’s spouse is 3 years younger than
Q.
(ii) Q’s annual benefit under Plan E is
determined as the sum of the annual benefit
attributable to the QJSA portion of the
distribution and the annual benefit
attributable to the single-sum portion of the
distribution.
(iii) Because survivor benefits are not taken
into account in determining the annual
benefit attributable to the QJSA portion of the
distribution, the annual benefit attributable
to the QJSA portion of the distribution is
determined as if that distribution were a
straight life annuity of $45,000 per year
commencing at age 65. Thus, no form
adjustment is needed to determine the
annual benefit attributable to the QJSA
portion of the distribution, and the annual
benefit attributable to the QJSA portion of the
benefit is $45,000.
(iv) The annual benefit attributable to the
single sum portion of the distribution is
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
determined as the greater of the annual
amount of the actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity commencing at the same age
(determined using the plan’s actuarial
factors), and the annual amount of the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
commencing at the same age (determined
using the applicable interest rate and
applicable mortality table). With respect to
the single-sum distribution, the annual
amount of the actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity commencing at the same age
determined using the plan’s actuarial factors
is equal to $45,954, and the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity commencing
at the same age determined using the
applicable interest rate and the applicable
mortality table is equal to $45,954. Thus, the
annual benefit attributable to the single sum
portion of the benefit is $45,954.
(v) Q’s annual benefit under the optional
form of benefit is equal to the sum of the
annual benefit attributable to the QJSA
portion of the distribution and the annual
benefit attributable to the single sum portion
of the distribution, or $90,954. Because Q’s
average compensation for Q’s highest 3
consecutive years is $100,000, the
distribution satisfies the compensation limit
of section 415(b)(1)(B).
Example 8. (i) R is a participant in a
defined benefit plan maintained by A’s
employer. Under the terms of the plan, R
must make contributions to the plan in a
stated amount to accrue benefits derived
from employer contributions.
(ii) R’s contributions are mandatory
employee contributions within the meaning
of section 411(c)(2)(C) and, thus, the annual
benefit attributable to these contributions
does not have to be taken into account for
purposes of testing the annual benefit
derived from employer contributions against
the applicable limitation on benefits.
However, these contributions are treated as
contributions to a defined contribution plan
maintained by R’s employer for purposes of
section 415(c). See § 1.415(c)–1(a)(2)(ii)(B).
Accordingly, with respect to the current
limitation year, the limitation on benefits (as
described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section)
is applicable to the annual benefit
attributable to employer contributions to the
defined benefit plan, and the limitation on
contributions and other additions (as
described in § 1.415(c)–1) is applicable to the
portion of the plan treated as a defined
contribution plan, which consists of R’s
mandatory contributions. These same
limitations would also apply if, instead of
providing for mandatory employee
contributions, the plan permitted voluntary
employee contributions, because the portion
of the plan attributable to voluntary
employee contributions and earnings thereon
is treated as a defined contribution plan
maintained by the employer pursuant to
section 414(k), and thus is not subject to the
limitations of section 415(b).
(d) Adjustment to section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit for commencement before
age 62—(1) General rule. For a
distribution with an annuity starting
date that occurs before the participant
attains the age of 62, the age-adjusted
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit is
determined as the lesser of—
(i) The section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar
limit (as adjusted pursuant to section
415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1(a) for the
limitation year) multiplied by the ratio
of the annual amount of the
immediately commencing straight life
annuity under the plan (if any) to the
annual amount of the straight life
annuity under the plan commencing at
age 62, if any (with both annual
amounts determined without applying
the rules of section 415); or
(ii) The annual amount of a straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as a deferred straight life
annuity commencing at age 62, where
annual payments under the straight life
annuity commencing at age 62 are equal
to the dollar limitation of section
415(b)(1)(A), and where the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity is
computed using a 5% interest rate and
the applicable mortality table under
§ 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) that is effective for
that annuity starting date.
(2) Mortality adjustments—(i) In
general. For purposes of determining
the amount described in paragraph
(d)(1)(ii) of this section, to the extent
that a forfeiture does not occur upon the
participant’s death, no adjustment is
made to reflect the probability of the
participant’s death between the annuity
starting date and the participant’s
attainment of age 62. To the extent that
a forfeiture occurs upon the
participant’s death, an adjustment must
be made to reflect the probability of the
participant’s death between the annuity
starting date and the participant’s
attainment of age 62.
(ii) No forfeiture deemed to occur
where QPSA payable. For purposes of
paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (e)(2)(i) of this
section, a plan is permitted to treat no
forfeiture as occurring upon a
participant’s death if the plan does not
charge participants for providing a
qualified preretirement survivor annuity
(as defined in section 417(c)) on the
participant’s death, but only if the plan
applies this treatment both for
adjustments before age 62 and
adjustments after age 65. Thus, in such
a case, the plan is permitted to provide
that, in computing the adjusted dollar
limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A), no
adjustment is made to reflect the
probability of a participant’s death
between the annuity starting date and
the participant’s attainment of age 62 or
between the age of 65 and the annuity
starting date.
(3) Exception for certain participants
of certain governmental plans. Pursuant
to section 415(b)(2)(G) and (H), no age
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31233
adjustment is made to the dollar limit
for commencement before age 62 for any
qualified participant. For this purpose,
a qualified participant is a participant in
a defined benefit plan that is maintained
by a state or local government with
respect to whom the service taken into
account in determining the amount of
the benefit under the defined benefit
plan includes at least 15 years of service
of the participant—
(i) As a full-time employee of any
police department or fire department
that is organized and operated by the
state or political subdivision
maintaining such defined benefit plan
to provide police protection, firefighting
services, or emergency medical services
for any area within the jurisdiction of
such state or political subdivision; or
(ii) As a member of the Armed Forces
of the United States.
(4) Exception for survivor and
disability benefits under governmental
plans. Pursuant to section 415(b)(2)(I),
no age adjustment is made to the dollar
limit for commencement before age 62
for a distribution from a governmental
plan (as defined in section 414(d)) on
account of the participant’s becoming
disabled by reason of personal injuries
or sickness, or as a result of the death
of the participant.
(5) Special rule for commercial airline
pilots. Pursuant to section 415(b)(9), no
age adjustment is made to the dollar
limit for early commencement after age
60 for a participant if—
(i) The participant is a commercial
airline pilot;
(ii) The participant separates from
service after attaining age 60; and
(iii) As of the time of the participant’s
retirement, regulations prescribed by the
Federal Aviation Administration require
an individual to separate from service as
a commercial airline pilot after attaining
any age occurring on or after age 60 and
before age 62.
(6) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this
paragraph (d). For purposes of these
examples, it is assumed that the dollar
limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A) for
all relevant years is $180,000, that the
normal form of benefit under the plan
is a straight life annuity payable
beginning at age 65, and that all
payments other than a payment of a
single sum are made monthly, on the
first day of each calendar month. The
examples are as follows:
Example 1. (i) Plan A provides that early
retirement benefits are determined by
reducing the accrued benefit by 4% for each
year that the early retirement age is less than
age 65. Participant M retires at age 60 after
30 years of service with a benefit (prior to the
application of section 415) in the form of a
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31234
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
straight life annuity of $100,000 payable at
age 65, and is permitted to elect to commence
benefits at any time between M’s retirement
and M’s attainment of age 65. For example,
M can elect to commence benefits at age 60
in the amount of $80,000, can wait until age
62 and commence benefits in the amount of
$88,000, or can wait until age 65 and
commence benefits in the amount of
$100,000. Plan A provides a QPSA to all
married participants without charge. Plan A
provides (consistent with paragraph (d)(2)(ii)
of this section) that, for purposes of adjusting
the dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A) for commencement before age 62
or after age 65, no forfeiture is treated as
occurring upon a participant’s death before
retirement and, therefore, in computing the
adjusted dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A), no adjustment is made to reflect
the probability of a participant’s death
between the annuity starting date and the
participant’s attainment of age 62 or between
the age of 65 and the annuity starting date.
(ii) The age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit that applies for commencement
of M’s benefit at age 60 is the lesser of the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit multiplied
by the ratio of the annuity payable at age 60
to the annuity payable at age 62, or the
straight life annuity payable at age 60 that is
actuarially equivalent, using 5% interest and
the applicable mortality table, to the deferred
annuity payable at age 62. In this case, the
age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit
at age 60 is $156,229 (the lesser of $163,636
($180,000* $80,000/$88,000) and $156,229
(the straight life annuity at age 60 that is
actuarially equivalent to a deferred annuity
of $180,000 commencing at age 62,
determined using 5% interest and the
applicable mortality table, without a
mortality decrement for the period between
60 and 62)).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except the plan provides that, if
a participant has 30 or more years of service,
no reduction applies for benefits
commencing at age 62 and later.
(ii) The age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit that applies for commencement
of M’s benefit at age 60 is the lesser of the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit multiplied
by the ratio of the annuity payable at age 60
to the annuity payable at age 62, or the
straight life annuity payable at age 60 that is
actuarially equivalent, using 5% interest and
the applicable mortality table, to the deferred
annuity payable at age 62. In this case,
because M has 30 years of service and would
be eligible for the unreduced early retirement
benefit at age 62, the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit at age 60 is $144,000
(the lesser of $144,000 ($180,000* $80,000/
$100,000) and $156,229 (the straight life
annuity at age 60 that is actuarially
equivalent to a deferred annuity of $180,000
commencing at age 62, determined using 5%
interest and the applicable mortality table).
Example 3. (i) Participant O is a full-time
civilian employee of the State of X Police
Department who performs clerical services.
O is a participant in the defined benefit plan
that is maintained by the State of X with
respect to whom the years of service taken
into account in determining the amount of
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
the benefit under the plan includes 15 years
of service working for the State of X Police
Department.
(ii) For a distribution with an annuity
starting date that occurs before O attains the
age of 62, there is no age adjustment to the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit.
Example 4. (i) Participant R is a full-time
employee of the Emergency Medical Service
Department of County Y (which is not a part
of a police or fire department) who performs
services as a driver of an ambulance. R is a
participant in the defined benefit plan that is
maintained by County Y with respect to
whom the years of service taken into account
in determining the amount of the benefit
under the plan includes 15 years of service
working for County Y. R does not have
service credit for time in Armed Forces of the
United States.
(ii) The age adjustments to the limitations
of section 415(b)(1)(A) pursuant to section
415(b)(2)(C) and (D) will apply if R
commences receiving a distribution at an age
to which either of those adjustments applies.
Example 5. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1 except that Participant M chooses
to receive benefits in the form of a 10-year
certain and life annuity under which
payments are 97% of the periodic payments
that would be made under the immediately
commencing straight life annuity. Annual
payments to M are 97% of $80,000, or
$77,600. As in Example 1, the age-adjusted
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit at age 60 is
$156,229.
(ii) For purposes of this section, the annual
benefit is the greater of the annual amount of
the plan’s straight life annuity commencing
at the same age or the annual amount of the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
commencing at the same age, determined
using a 5% interest rate and the applicable
mortality table. In this case, the straight life
annuity payable under the plan commencing
at the same age is $80,000. The annual
amount of the actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity determined by applying the
required standardized factors (i.e., a 5%
interest assumption and the applicable
mortality under section 417(e)(3)) is $79,416.
With respect to the 10-year certain and life
annuity commencing at age 62, M’s annual
benefit is equal to the greater of the two
resulting amounts ($80,000 and $79,416), or
$80,000.
(e) Adjustment to section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit for commencement after age
65—(1) General rule. For a distribution
with an annuity starting date that occurs
after the participant attains the age of
65, the age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit is determined as the lesser
of—
(i) The section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar
limit (as adjusted pursuant to section
415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1 for the
limitation year) multiplied by the ratio
of the annual amount of the
immediately commencing straight life
annuity under the plan (if any) to the
annual amount of the straight life
annuity that would be payable under
the plan to a hypothetical participant
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
who is 65 years old and has the same
accrued benefit (i.e., with no actuarial
increases for commencement after age
65) as the participant receiving the
distribution (with both annual amounts
determined without applying the rules
of section 415); or
(ii) The annual amount of a straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as a straight life annuity
commencing at age 65, where annual
payments under the straight life annuity
commencing at age 65 are equal to the
dollar limitation of section 415(b)(1)(A),
and where actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity is computed using
a 5% interest rate and the applicable
mortality table under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2)
that is effective for that annuity starting
date.
(2) Mortality adjustments—(i) In
general. For purposes of determining
the amount described in paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section, to the extent
that a forfeiture does not occur upon the
participant’s death, no adjustment is
made to reflect the probability of the
participant’s death between the
participant’s attainment of age 65 and
the annuity starting date. To the extent
that a forfeiture occurs upon the
participant’s death, an adjustment must
be made to reflect the probability of the
participant’s death between the
participant’s attainment of age 65 and
the annuity starting date.
(ii) No forfeiture deemed to occur
where QPSA payable. See paragraph
(d)(2)(ii) of this section for a rule
deeming no forfeiture to occur if the
plan does not charge participants for
providing a qualified preretirement
survivor annuity on the participant’s
death.
(3) Example. The following example
illustrates the application of this
paragraph (e):
Example. (i) Plan A provides that monthly
benefits payable upon commencement after
normal retirement age (which is age 65) are
increased by 0.5% for each month of delay
in commencement after attainment of normal
retirement age. Plan A provides a QPSA to
all married participants without charge. Plan
A provides (consistent with paragraph
(d)(2)(ii) of this section) that, for purposes of
adjusting the dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A) for commencement before age 62
or after age 65, no adjustment is made to
reflect the probability of a participant’s death
between the annuity starting date and the
participant’s attainment of age 62 or between
the age of 65 and the annuity starting date.
The normal form of benefit under Plan A is
a straight life annuity commencing at age 65.
Participant M retires at age 70 on January 1,
2007, after 30 years of service with a benefit
(prior to the application of section 415) that
is payable monthly in the form of a straight
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
life annuity of $195,000, which reflects the
actuarial increase of 30% applied to the
accrued benefit of $150,000.
(ii) The age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit at age 70 is the lesser of the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit multiplied
by the ratio of the annuity payable at age 70
to the annuity that would be payable at age
65 based on the same accrued benefit (both
determined before the application of section
415), or the straight life annuity payable at
age 70 that is actuarially equivalent, using
5% interest and the applicable mortality
table, to the straight life annuity payable at
age 65. In this case, the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit at age 70 is $234,000
(the lesser of $234,000 ($180,000* $195,000/
$150,000) and $264,109 (the straight life
annuity at age 70 that is actuarially
equivalent to an annuity of $180,000
commencing at age 65, determined using 5%
interest and the applicable mortality table,
without a mortality decrement for the period
between 65 and 70)).
(f) Total annual payments not in
excess of $10,000—(1) In general.
Pursuant to section 415(b)(4), the annual
benefit (without regard to the age at
which benefits commence) payable with
respect to a participant under any
defined benefit plan is not considered to
exceed the limitations on benefits
described in section 415(b)(1) and in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section if—
(i) The benefits (other than benefits
not taken into account in the
computation of the annual benefit under
the rules of paragraph (b) or (c) of this
section) payable with respect to the
participant under the plan and all other
defined benefit plans of the employer do
not in the aggregate exceed $10,000 (as
adjusted under paragraph (g)) for the
limitation year, or for any prior
limitation year; and
(ii) The employer (or a predecessor
employer) has not at any time, either
before or after the effective date of
section 415, maintained a defined
contribution plan in which the
participant participated.
(2) Computation of benefits for
purposes of applying the $10,000
amount. For purposes of paragraph
(f)(1)(i) of this section, the benefits
(other than benefits not taken into
account in the computation of the
annual benefit under the rules of
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section)
payable with respect to the participant
under a plan for a limitation year reflect
all amounts payable under the plan for
the limitation year, and are not adjusted
for form of benefit or commencement
date.
(3) Special rule with respect to
participants in multiemployer plans.
The special $10,000 exception set forth
in paragraph (f)(1) of this section is
applicable to a participant in a
multiemployer plan described in section
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
414(f) without regard to whether that
participant ever participated in one or
more other plans maintained by an
employer who also maintains the
multiemployer plan, provided that none
of such other plans were maintained as
a result of collective bargaining
involving the same employee
representative as the multiemployer
plan.
(4) Special rule with respect to
employee contributions. For purposes of
paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section,
mandatory employee contributions
under a defined benefit plan are not
considered a separate defined
contribution plan maintained by the
employer. Thus, a contributory defined
benefit plan may utilize the special
dollar limitation provided for in this
paragraph (f). Similarly, for purposes of
this paragraph (f), an individual medical
account under section 401(h) or an
account for postretirement medical
benefits established pursuant to section
419A(d)(1) is not considered a separate
defined contribution plan maintained
by the employer.
(5) Examples. The application of this
paragraph (f) may be illustrated by the
following examples. For purposes of
these examples, it is assumed that each
participant has 10 years of participation
in the plan and service with the
employer. The examples are as follows:
Example 1. (i) B is a participant in a
defined benefit plan maintained by X
Corporation, which provides for a benefit
payable in the form of a straight life annuity
beginning at age 65. B’s average
compensation for B’s high 3 consecutive
years of service while a participant in the
plan is $6,000. The plan does not provide for
employee contributions, and at no time has
B been a participant in a defined contribution
plan maintained by X. With respect to the
current limitation year, B’s benefit under the
plan (before the application of section 415)
is $9,500.
(ii) Because annual payments under B’s
benefit do not exceed $10,000, and because
B has at no time participated in a defined
contribution plan maintained by X, the
benefits payable under the plan are not
considered to exceed the limitation on
benefits otherwise applicable to B ($6,000).
(iii) This result would remain the same
even if, under the terms of the plan, B’s
normal retirement age were age 60, or if the
plan provided for employee contributions.
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that the plan provides for
a benefit payable in the form of a life annuity
with a 10-year certain feature with annual
payments of $9,500. Assume that, after the
adjustment described in paragraph (c) of this
section, B’s actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity (which is the annual benefit used for
demonstrating compliance with section 415)
for the current limitation year is $10,400.
(ii) For purposes of applying the special
rule provided in this paragraph for total
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31235
benefits not in excess of $10,000, there is no
adjustment required if the retirement benefit
payable under the plan is not in the form of
a straight life annuity. Therefore, because B’s
retirement benefit does not exceed $10,000,
B may receive the full $9,500 benefit without
the otherwise applicable benefit limitations
of this section being exceeded.
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that the plan provides for
a benefit payable in the form of a single sum
and that the amount of the single sum that
is the actuarial equivalent of the straight life
annuity payable to B (i.e., $9,500 annually),
determined in accordance with the rules of
section 417(e)(3) and § 1.417(e)–1(d) is
$95,000.
(ii) Because the amount payable to B for
the limitation year would exceed $10,000,
the rule of this paragraph (f) does not provide
an exception from the generally applicable
limits of section 415(b)(1) for the single-sum
distribution. Thus, the otherwise applicable
limits apply to the single-sum distribution,
and a single-sum distribution of $95,000
would not satisfy the requirements of section
415(b). Limiting the single-sum distribution
to $60,000 (the present value of the annuity
that complies with the compensation-based
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B)) in order to
satisfy section 415 would be an
impermissible forfeiture under the
requirements of section 411(a). Accordingly,
the plan should not provide for a single-sum
distribution in these circumstances.
(g) Special rule for participation or
service of less than 10 years—(1)
Proration of dollar limit based on years
of participation—(i) In general.
Pursuant to section 415(b)(5)(A), where
a participant has less than 10 years of
participation in the plan, the dollar
limit described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of
this section (as adjusted pursuant to
section 415(d), § 1.415(d)–1, and
paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section) is
to be reduced by multiplying the
otherwise applicable limitation by a
fraction—
(A) The numerator of which is the
number of years of participation in the
plan (or 1, if greater); and
(B) The denominator of which is 10.
(ii) Years of participation. The
following rules apply for purposes of
determining a participant’s years of
participation for purposes of this
paragraph (g)(1)—
(A) A participant is credited with a
year of participation (computed to
fractional parts of a year) for each
accrual computation period for which
the participant is credited with at least
the number of hours of service (or
period of service if the elapsed time
method is used for benefit accrual
purposes) required under the terms of
the plan in order to accrue a benefit for
the accrual computation period, and the
participant is included as a plan
participant under the eligibility
provisions of the plan for at least one
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31236
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
day of the accrual computation period.
If these two conditions are met, the
portion of a year of participation
credited to the participant is equal to
the amount of benefit accrual service
credited to the participant for such
accrual computation period. For
example, if under the terms of a plan,
a participant receives 1⁄10 of a year of
benefit accrual service for an accrual
computation period for each 200 hours
of service, and the participant is
credited with 1,000 hours of service for
the period, the participant is credited
with 1⁄2 a year of participation for
purposes of section 415(b)(5)(A).
(B) A participant who is permanently
and totally disabled within the meaning
of section 415(c)(3)(C)(i) for an accrual
computation period is credited with a
year of participation with respect to that
period for purposes of section
415(b)(5)(A).
(C) For a participant to receive a year
of participation (or part thereof) for an
accrual computation period for
purposes of section 415(b)(5)(A), the
plan must be established no later than
the last day of such accrual computation
period.
(D) No more than one year of
participation may be credited for any
12-month period for purposes of section
415(b)(5)(A).
(2) Proration of compensation limit
and special rule for total annual
payments less than $10,000 based on
years of service—(i) In general. Pursuant
to section 415(b)(5)(B), where a
participant has less than 10 years of
service with the employer, the
compensation limit described in
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section and
the $10,000 amount under the special
rule for small annual payments under
paragraph (f) of this section are reduced
by multiplying the otherwise applicable
limitation by a fraction—
(A) The numerator of which is the
number of years of service with the
employer (or 1, if greater); and
(B) The denominator of which is 10.
(ii) Years of service—(A) In general.
For purposes of applying this paragraph
(g)(2), the term year of service is to be
determined on a reasonable and
consistent basis. A plan is considered to
be determining years of service on a
reasonable and consistent basis for this
purpose if, subject to the limits of
paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, a
participant is credited with a year of
service (computed to fractional parts of
a year) for each accrual computation
period for which the participant is
credited with at least the number of
hours of service (or period of service if
the elapsed time method is used for
benefit accrual purposes) required
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
under the terms of the plan in order to
accrue a benefit for the accrual
computation period.
(B) Rules of application. No more
than one year of service may be credited
for any 12-month period for purposes of
section 415(b)(5)(B). In addition, only
the participant’s service with the
employer or a predecessor employer (as
defined in § 1.415(f)–1(c)) may be taken
into account in determining the
participant’s years of service for this
purpose.
(C) Period of disability.
Notwithstanding the rules of paragraph
(g)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, a plan is
permitted to provide that a participant
who is permanently and totally disabled
within the meaning of section
415(c)(3)(C)(i) for an accrual
computation period is credited with a
year of service with respect to that
period for purposes of section
415(b)(5)(B).
(3) Exception for survivor and
disability benefits under governmental
plans. The requirements of this
paragraph (g) (regarding participation or
service of less than 10 years) do not
apply to a distribution from a
governmental plan on account of the
participant’s becoming disabled by
reason of personal injuries or sickness,
or as a result of the death of the
participant.
(4) Examples. The provision of this
paragraph (g) may be illustrated by the
following examples:
Example 1. (i) C begins employment with
Employer A on January 1, 2005, at the age of
58. Employer A maintains only a
noncontributory defined benefit plan which
provides for a straight life annuity beginning
at age 65 and uses the calendar year for the
limitation and plan year. Employer A has
never maintained a defined contribution
plan. C becomes a participant in Employer
A’s plan on January 1, 2006, and works
through December 31, 2011, when C is age
65. C begins to receive benefits under the
plan in 2012. C’s average compensation for
C’s high 3 consecutive years of service is
$40,000. Furthermore, under the terms of
Employer A’s plan, for purposes of
computing C’s nonforfeitable percentage in
C’s accrued benefit derived from employer
contributions, C has only 7 years of service
with Employer A (2005–2011).
(ii) Because C has only 7 years of service
with Employer A at the time he begins to
receive benefits under the plan, the
maximum permissible annual benefit payable
with respect to C is $28,000 ($40,000
multiplied by 7⁄10).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as
in Example 1, except that C’s average
compensation for his high 3 years is $8,000.
(ii) Because C has only 7 years of service
with Employer A at the time he begins to
receive benefits, the maximum benefit
payable with respect to C would be reduced
to $5,600 ($8,000 multiplied by 7⁄10).
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
However, the special rule for total benefits
not in excess of $10,000, provided in
paragraph (f) of this section, is applicable in
this case. Accordingly, C may receive an
annual benefit of $7,000 ($10,000 multiplied
by 7⁄10) without the benefit limitations of this
section being exceeded.
Example 3. (i) Employer B maintains a
defined benefit plan. Benefits under the plan
are computed based on months of service
rather than years of service. Accordingly, for
purposes of applying the reduction based on
years of service less than 10 to the limitations
under section 415(b), the otherwise
applicable limitation is multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of completed months of service with
the employer (but not less than 12 months),
and the denominator of which is 120. The
plan further provides that months of service
are computed in the same manner for this
purpose as for purposes of computing plan
benefits.
(ii) The manner in which the plan applies
the reduction based on years of service less
than 10 to the limitations under section
415(b) is consistent with the requirements of
this paragraph (g).
Example 4. (i) G begins employment with
Employer D on January 1, 2003, at the age of
58. Employer D maintains only a
noncontributory defined benefit plan which
provides for a straight life annuity beginning
at age 65 and uses the calendar year for the
limitation and plan year. Employer D has
never maintained a defined contribution
plan. G becomes a participant in Employer
D’s plan on January 1, 2004, and works
through December 31, 2009, when G is age
65. G performs sufficient service to be
credited with a year of service under the plan
for each year during 2003 through 2009
(although G is not credited with a year of
service for 2003 because G is not yet a plan
participant). G begins to receive benefits
under the plan during 2010. The plan’s
accrual computation period is the plan year.
The plan provides that, for purposes of
applying the rules of section 415(b)(5)(B), a
participant is credited with a year of service
(computed to fractional parts of a year) for
each plan year for which the participant is
credited with sufficient service to accrue a
benefit for the plan year. G’s average
compensation for G’s high 3 years of service
is $200,000. It is assumed for purposes of this
example that the dollar limitation of section
415(b)(1)(A) for limitation years ending in
2010 is $180,000.
(ii) G has 7 years of service and 6 years of
participation in the plan at the time G begins
to receive benefits under the plan.
Accordingly, the limitation under section
415(b)(1)(B) based on G’s average
compensation for G’s high 3 years of service
that applies pursuant to the adjustment
required under section 415(b)(5)(B) is
$140,000 ($200,000 multiplied by 7⁄10), and
the dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A) that applies to G pursuant to the
adjustment required under section
415(b)(5)(A) is $108,000 ($180,000 multiplied
by 6⁄10).
(h) RPA ’94 transition rules. For
special rules affecting the actuarial
adjustment for form of benefit under
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
paragraph (c) of this section and the
adjustment to the dollar limit for early
or late commencement under
paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section for
certain plans adopted and in effect
before December 8, 1994, see section
767(d)(3)(A) of the Retirement
Protection Act of 1994, as amended by
section 1449(a) of the Small Business
Job Protection Act of 1996. The
Commissioner may provide guidance
regarding these special rules in revenue
rulings, notices, and other guidance
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin. See § 601.601(d) of this
chapter.
Par. 8. Section 1.415(b)–2 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.415(b)–2
dates.
Multiple annuity starting
(a) Determination of annual benefit
where distributions have occurred
before the current determination date—
(1) In general. This section provides
rules for determining the annual benefit
of a participant for purposes of applying
the limitations of section 415(b) and
§ 1.415(b)–1 in cases in which a
participant has received one or more
distributions in limitation years prior to
an increase in the accrued benefit
occurring during the current limitation
year or prior to the annuity starting date
for a distribution that commences
during the current limitation year. This
section applies, for example, where
benefit distributions to a participant
have previously commenced under a
plan that is aggregated for purposes of
section 415 with a plan from which the
participant receives current accruals, or
where a new distribution election is
effective during the current limitation
year with respect to a distribution that
commenced in a prior limitation year.
This section also applies where benefit
payments are increased as a result of
plan terms applying a cost-of-living
adjustment pursuant to an increase of
the dollar limit of section 415(b)(1)(A),
if the plan does not provide for
application of the rules of § 1.415(d)–
1(a)(5) to determine the adjusted
amount of the benefit. Paragraph (b) of
this section provides rules for
computing the annual benefit in the
case of multiple annuity starting dates
as described in this paragraph (a)(1).
Paragraph (c) of this section provides an
additional rule for multiple annuity
starting dates that occur when a stream
of annuity payments is modified by a
new distribution election. Paragraph (d)
of this section provides examples to
illustrate the rules of this section.
(2) Annuity starting date. For
purposes of this section, the
determination of whether a new annuity
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
starting date has occurred is made
pursuant to the rules of § 1.401(a)–20,
Q&A–10, but without regard to the rule
of § 1.401(a)–20, Q&A–10(d) (under
which the commencement of certain
distributions may not give rise to a new
annuity starting date).
(3) Annual benefit—(i) In general.
Where a participant has received one or
more distributions before a current
accrual or before the annuity starting
date for a currently payable distribution,
except as provided in paragraph
(a)(3)(iii) of this section (regarding
mandatory employee contributions and
rollover contributions), the annual
benefit that is subject to the limits of
section 415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1(a) is
equal to the sum of—
(A) The annual benefit determined
with respect to any accrued benefit with
respect to which distribution has not yet
commenced as of the current
determination date, computed pursuant
to the rules of § 1.415(b)–1(b) and (c);
(B) The annual benefit determined
with respect to any distribution with an
annuity starting date that occurs within
the current limitation year and on or
before the current determination date,
computed pursuant to the rules of
§ 1.415(b)–1(b) and (c);
(C) The annual benefit determined
with respect to the remaining amounts
payable under any distribution with an
annuity starting date that occurred
during a prior limitation year, computed
pursuant to the rules of § 1.415(b)–1(b)
and (c) (subject to paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of
this section); and
(D) The annual benefit attributable to
prior distributions (computed pursuant
to the rules of paragraph (b) of this
section).
(ii) Determining actuarial equivalence
with respect to remaining amounts
payable. For purposes of computing the
annual benefit determined with respect
to the remaining amounts payable under
any distribution with an annuity
starting date that occurred during a
prior limitation year under paragraph
(a)(3)(i)(C) of this section, § 1.415(b)–
1(c)(2) is applied by substituting for the
amount described in § 1.415(b)–1(c)(2)(i)
the annual amount of a straight life
annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using the
interest rate and mortality table, or
tabular factor, specified in the plan for
actuarial equivalence for the particular
form of benefit payable.
(iii) Mandatory employee
contributions and rollover
contributions. If mandatory employee
contributions or rollover contributions
have been made to the plan with respect
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31237
to a distribution that commenced before
the current determination date, the
annual benefit is determined by
applying the rules of paragraph
(a)(3)(i)(C) and (D) of this section and
then subtracting the annual benefit
attributable to mandatory employee
contributions computed pursuant to
§ 1.415(b)–1(b)(2)(iii) and the annual
benefit attributable to rollover
contributions computed pursuant to
§ 1.415(b)–1(b)(2)(v), with both amounts
computed as of the annuity starting date
for the distribution.
(iv) Repayments of prior
distributions—(A) Total repayments. A
prior distribution that has been repaid
to the plan with interest does not give
rise to an annual benefit attributable to
prior distributions for purposes of
paragraph (a)(3)(i)(D) of this section
(because amounts attributable to those
repayments are reflected instead in
amounts included in the annual benefit
pursuant to paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(A), (B),
and (C) of this section).
(B) Partial repayments. If a prior
distribution was made, and a repayment
was subsequently made that was less
than the amount of the prior
distribution (including reasonable
interest), the annual benefit attributable
to prior distributions is determined by
multiplying the annual benefit
attributable to the prior distribution
(computed assuming that no repayment
occurred) by one minus a fraction, the
numerator of which is the amount of the
repayment and the denominator of
which is the amount of the prior
distribution plus reasonable interest.
(b) Annual benefit attributable to
prior distributions—(1) In general—(i)
Adjustment to actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity—(A) Method of
adjustment. To compute the annual
benefit attributable to a prior
distribution, the prior distribution is
adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity commencing at the
current determination date in
accordance with the rules of paragraph
(b)(2) of this section (for a prior
distribution to which section 417(e)(3)
did not apply) or paragraph (b)(3) of this
section (for a prior distribution to which
section 417(e)(3) applied).
(B) Current determination date. The
current determination date is the last
day of period for which an increase in
the participant’s benefit accrues if an
increase in the participant’s accrued
benefit occurs during the limitation
year. If there is no such increase, the
current determination date is the
annuity starting date for the distribution
that commences during the limitation
year.
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31238
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(ii) Rules of application—(A) Amount
of distribution taken into account. In
applying the rules of paragraphs (b)(2)
and (3) of this section to compute the
annual benefit attributable to a prior
distribution, only the actual amount
received as a prior distribution (without
regard to either the form of benefits
paid, or the form or amount of
remaining payments under the prior
distribution) is taken into account.
Thus, for example, in determining the
annual benefit attributable to a prior
distribution of $100,000 per year over
the past four years, paragraph (b)(2) of
this section will apply if the distribution
was part of a 10-year certain and life
annuity, and paragraph (b)(3) of this
section will apply if the distribution
was part of installment payments over
10 years. However, in both instances,
the amounts taken into account in
determining the annual benefit
attributable to the prior distribution are
the four $100,000 payments already
made, without regard to remaining
payments.
(B) Application of mortality
adjustments—(1) Application of
mortality adjustments when
standardized assumptions are used.
Under the rules of paragraphs (b)(2)(ii),
(b)(3)(i)(B), and (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this
section (under which standardized
actuarial assumptions are applied), a
prior distribution is adjusted to an
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity commencing at the current
determination date using the specified
interest and mortality assumptions to
convert the payment stream to an
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity commencing at the current
determination date. For this purpose,
the actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity commencing at the current
determination date must reflect an
actuarial increase to the present value of
payments to reflect that the participant
has survived during the interim period.
(2) Application of mortality
adjustments when the plan’s
assumptions for computing offsets are
used. Under the rules of paragraphs
(b)(2)(i), (b)(3)(i)(A), and (b)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section (under which the plan’s
assumptions for computing offsets for
prior distributions are applied), the
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity must reflect mortality
adjustment in the same manner as those
mortality adjustments are reflected in
computing offsets for prior
distributions.
(2) Prior distributions to which section
417(e)(3) did not apply. For a prior
distribution to which section 417(e)(3)
did not apply, the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity commencing at the
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
current determination date is the greater
of—
(i) The annual amount of a straight
life annuity commencing at the current
determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution,
computed using the interest rate and
mortality table specified under the plan
that provides for the current distribution
or current accrual that are used to
determine offsets, if any, for prior
distributions; and
(ii) The annual amount of a straight
life annuity commencing at the current
determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution,
computed using a 5% interest
assumption and the applicable mortality
table described in § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) that
would apply to a distribution to which
section 417(e) applies with an annuity
starting date of the current
determination date.
(3) Prior distributions to which section
417(e)(3) applied—(i) In general. For a
prior distribution to which section
417(e)(3) applied, the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity
commencing at the current
determination date is the greater of—
(A) The annual amount of a straight
life annuity commencing at the current
determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution,
computed using the interest rate and
mortality table specified under the plan
that provides for the current distribution
or current accrual that are used to
determine offsets, if any, for prior
distributions; and
(B) The annual amount of a straight
life annuity commencing at the current
determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution,
computed using the applicable interest
rate under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(3) and the
applicable mortality table under
§ 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) that would apply to a
distribution with an annuity starting
date of the current determination date.
(ii) Special rule for 2004 and 2005.
For a prior distribution to which section
417(e)(3) applied, and for current
determination dates or current accruals
in 2004 and 2005, except as provided in
section 101(d)(3) of the Pension
Funding Equity Act of 2004, the
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity commencing at the current
determination date is the greater of—
(A) The annual amount of a straight
life annuity commencing at the current
determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution,
computed using the interest rate and
mortality table specified under the plan
that provides for the current distribution
or current accrual that are used to
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
determine offsets, if any, for prior
distributions; and
(B) The annual amount of a straight
life annuity commencing at the current
determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution,
computed using a 5.5% interest
assumption and the applicable mortality
table under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) that
would apply to a distribution with an
annuity starting date of the current
determination date.
(4) Benefit forms for which no
adjustment is required. The annual
benefit attributable to prior distributions
is computed disregarding the portion of
prior distributions described in
§ 1.415(b)–1(c)(4) (regarding benefits for
which no adjustment is required). Thus,
for example, the annual benefit
attributable to prior distributions is
computed disregarding the payment of
preretirement disability benefits not in
excess of the qualified disability benefit.
(c) Change in distribution form—(1) In
general. If a stream of annuity payments
is modified by a new distribution
election, the requirements of this
section are applied treating the
modification as a new annuity starting
date. In addition, in such a case, the
requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this
section must be satisfied.
(2) Test total annuity stream as of
original annuity starting date. If a
stream of annuity payments is modified
by a new distribution election, the
payments under the annuity that are
paid before the modification plus the
modified payments must satisfy the
requirements of § 1.415(b)–1 determined
as of the original annuity starting date,
using the interest rates and mortality
table applicable to such date. A plan
will not fail to satisfy the requirements
of this paragraph (c)(2) merely because
payments reflect cost-of-living
adjustments pursuant to section 415(d)
determined in accordance with
§ 1.415(d)–1(a)(5).
(d) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this section.
For purposes of these examples, except
as otherwise stated, actuarial
equivalence under the plan (including
for purposes of determining offsets for
prior distributions and for purposes of
determining the amount of annuity
distributions commencing after normal
retirement age) is determined using a
6% interest assumption and the
mortality table that applies under
section 417(e)(3) as of January 1, 2003,
and all payments other than a payment
of a single sum are made monthly, on
the first day of each calendar month. It
is assumed for purposes of these
examples that the interest rate that
applies under section 417(e)(3) for
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
relevant time periods is 5.25% and that
the mortality table that applies under
section 417(e)(3) for relevant time
periods is the mortality table that
applies under section 417(e)(3) as of
January 1, 2003. In addition, it is
assumed that all participants discussed
in these examples have at least ten years
of service with the employer and at least
ten years of participation in the plan at
issue, and that the dollar limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(A) as adjusted
pursuant to section 415(d) for 2008 is
equal to $180,000. It is further assumed
that the product of the annual
adjustment factors that apply in
adjusting the compensation limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(B) for 2005, 2006,
2007, and 2008 is 1.1. The examples are
as follows:
Example 1. (i) Employer A previously
maintained Plan D, a qualified defined
benefit plan. Upon the termination of Plan D
on January 1, 1997, Participant M received a
single-sum distribution of $537,055 at the age
of 54. As of January 1, 2008, Participant M
has participated in Plan E (another defined
benefit plan maintained by Employer A) for
more than 10 years. On January 1, 2008, M
retires at the age of 65 and receives a
distribution from Plan E.
(ii) Pursuant to section 415(f) and
§ 1.415(f)–1, distributions to M from Plan D
and Plan E are aggregated for purposes of
applying section 415(b). Pursuant to
paragraph (a)(3) of this section, M’s annual
benefit that is subject to the limits of section
415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1(a) is equal to the sum
of the annual benefit determined with respect
to the distribution commencing on January 1,
2008, and the annual benefit attributable to
prior distributions (computed pursuant to the
rules of paragraph (b) of this section).
(iii) M’s annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions is computed by adjusting the
single-sum distribution made in 1995 to an
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
commencing on January 1, 2008, in
accordance with the rules set forth in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Pursuant to
those rules, that actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity is computed using either
the plan’s actuarial assumptions for applying
offsets for prior distributions (here, a 6%
interest rate and the mortality table that
applies under section 417(e)(3) as of January
1, 2003), or the applicable interest rate and
the applicable mortality table under section
417(e)(3), both determined as of January 1,
2008, whichever set of actuarial assumptions
produces the greater actuarially equivalent
annuity. The actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity computed using the plan’s
assumptions used for computing offsets is
$100,027 per year, and the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity computed
using the applicable interest rate and the
applicable mortality table as of January 1,
2008, is $87,035 per year. Thus, M’s annual
benefit attributable to prior distributions is
$100,027.
(iv) To comply with the limitations of
section 415, M’s annual benefit determined
with respect to the distribution commencing
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
on January 1, 2008, must be no greater than
the otherwise applicable limit on the annual
benefit (i.e., the lesser of $180,000 or 100%
of M’s average compensation for the period
of the participant’s high 3 years of service)
minus $100,027. Thus, for example, to
comply with the dollar limitation of section
415(b)(1)(A), M’s annual benefit determined
with respect to the distribution commencing
on January 1, 2008, must be no greater than
$79,973.
Example 2. (i) Employer B maintains Plan
F, a qualified defined benefit plan. On
January 1, 2002, at the age of 59, Participant
N separated from service and commenced
receiving a benefit of $80,000 per year for ten
years from Plan F. As of January 1, 2008, Plan
F is amended to increase N’s accrued benefit.
N is offered a new QJSA election with respect
to the new accrual.
(ii) Pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this
section, as of January 1, 2008, N’s annual
benefit that is subject to the limits of section
415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1(a) is equal to the sum
of the annual benefit determined with respect
to remaining amounts payable under the
distribution that commenced on January 1,
2002, the annual benefit determined with
respect to the accrued benefit with respect to
which distribution has not yet commenced,
and the annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions (computed pursuant to the rules
of paragraph (b) of this section).
(iii) N’s annual benefit determined with
respect to the remaining four annual
payments of $80,000 is determined pursuant
to § 1.415(b)–1(c)(3) as the greater of the
annual amount of a straight life annuity
commencing at the annuity starting date that
has the same actuarial present value as the
particular form of benefit payable, computed
using the interest rate and mortality table, or
tabular factor, specified in the plan for
actuarial equivalence for the particular form
of benefit payable, or the annual amount of
a straight life annuity commencing at the
annuity starting date that has the same
actuarial present value as the particular form
of benefit payable, computed using the
applicable interest rate and the applicable
mortality table under section 417(e)(3). Using
the plan’s factors for actuarial equivalence,
the actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity is $26,334, and using the section
417(e)(3) factors for actuarial equivalence, the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is
$25,109. Accordingly, N’s annual benefit
determined with respect to the remaining
four annual payments of $80,000 is equal to
$26,334.
(iv) N’s annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions is computed by adjusting the
six annual payments of $80,000 per year
already made before January 1, 2008, to an
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
commencing on January 1, 2008, in
accordance with the rules set forth in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Pursuant to
those rules, that actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity is computed using either
the plan’s actuarial assumptions for applying
offsets for prior distributions (here, a 6%
interest rate and the mortality table that
applies under section 417(e)(3) as of January
1, 2003), or the applicable interest rate and
the applicable mortality table under section
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31239
417(e)(3), both determined as of January 1,
2008, whichever set of actuarial assumptions
produces the greater actuarially equivalent
annuity. The actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity computed using the plan’s
assumptions used for computing offsets is
$54,494 per year, and the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity computed
using the applicable interest rate and the
applicable mortality table as of January 1,
2006, is $50,103 per year. Thus, N’s annual
benefit attributable to prior distributions is
$54,494.
(v) To comply with the limitations of
section 415, N’s annual benefit determined
with respect to the accrued benefit with
respect to which distribution has not yet
commenced must be no greater than the
otherwise applicable limit on the annual
benefit (i.e., the lesser of $180,000 or 100%
of N’s average compensation for period of N’s
high 3 years of service) minus $80,828 (the
$26,334 annual benefit attributable to the
remaining payments under the existing form
of distribution, plus the $54,494 annual
benefit attributable to prior distributions).
Thus, for example, to comply with the dollar
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(A), N’s annual
benefit determined with respect to the
accrued benefit with respect to which
distribution has not yet commenced must be
no greater than $99,172.
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 2, except that, instead of receiving
a benefit of $80,000 per year for ten years
from Plan F, N receives annual payments of
$80,000 under a 10-year certain and life
annuity from Plan F.
(ii) Pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this
section, as of January 1, 2008, N’s annual
benefit that is subject to the limits of section
415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1(a) is equal to the sum
of the annual benefit determined with respect
to remaining amounts payable under the
distribution that commenced on January 1,
2002, the annual benefit determined with
respect to the accrued benefit with respect to
which distribution has not yet commenced,
and the annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions (computed pursuant to the rules
of paragraph (b) of this section).
(iii) N’s annual benefit determined with
respect to the remaining portion of the
existing annuity (i.e., a four-year certain and
life annuity) is determined pursuant to
§ 1.415(b)–1(c)(2) as the greater of the annual
amount of a straight life annuity commencing
at the annuity starting date that has the same
actuarial present value as the particular form
of benefit payable, computed using the
interest rate and mortality table, or tabular
factor, specified in the plan for actuarial
equivalence for the particular form of benefit
payable, or the annual amount of a straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of benefit
payable, computed using an interest rate of
5% and the applicable mortality table under
section 417(e)(3). Using the plan’s factors for
actuarial equivalence, the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity is $80,608,
and using the statutory factors for actuarial
equivalence, the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity is $80,577. Accordingly,
N’s annual benefit determined with respect
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31240
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
to the remaining 4-year certain and life
annuity is equal to $80,608.
(iv) N’s annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions is computed by adjusting the
six annual payments of $80,000 per year
already made before January 1, 2008, to an
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
commencing on January 1, 2008, in
accordance with the rules set forth in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Pursuant to
those rules, that actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity is computed using either
the plan’s actuarial assumptions for applying
offsets for prior distributions (here, a 6%
interest rate and the mortality table that
applies under section 417(e)(3) as of January
1, 2003), or the applicable interest rate and
the applicable mortality table under section
417(e)(3), both determined as of January 1,
2008, whichever set of actuarial assumptions
produces the greater actuarially equivalent
annuity. The actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity computed using the plan’s
assumptions used for computing offsets is
$54,494 per year, and the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity computed
using the applicable interest rate and the
applicable mortality table as of January 1,
2008, is $48,689 per year. Thus, N’s annual
benefit attributable to prior distributions is
$54,494.
(v) To comply with the limitations of
section 415, N’s annual benefit determined
with respect to the accrued benefit with
respect to which distribution has not yet
commenced must be no greater than the
otherwise applicable limit on the annual
benefit (i.e., the lesser of $180,000 or 100%
of N’s average compensation for the highest
3 years) minus $135,102 (the $80,608 annual
benefit attributable to the remaining
payments under the existing form of
distribution, plus the $54,494 annual benefit
attributable to prior distributions). Thus, for
example, to comply with the dollar limitation
of section 415(b)(1)(A), N’s annual benefit
determined with respect to the accrued
benefit with respect to which distribution has
not yet commenced must be no greater than
$44,898.
Example 4. (i) Participant P retired on
January 1, 2004, at age 65, with average
compensation for the period of P’s high 3
years service of $190,000. P commenced
receiving a straight life annuity of $165,000
from Plan E as of January 1, 2004. Plan E
adjusts benefit payments to reflect increases
in the applicable limitations of section 415(b)
in accordance with the safe harbor
methodology set forth in § 1.415(d)–1(a)(5).
As of January 1, 2005, pursuant to an
adjustment under section 415(d) that applies
to P’s benefit payments under the terms of
the plan, annual payments to P from Plan E
are adjusted to $170,000, and as of January
1, 2007, pursuant to another such adjustment
(under which the section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar
limit is assumed to increase to $175,000 for
2007), annual payments to P from Plan E are
adjusted to $175,000. On December 1, 2007,
P elected to change the form of the remainder
of the benefit payable to P under Plan E to
a single-sum distribution payable as of
January 1, 2008. P receives a single-sum
distribution of $1,769,157 on January 1, 2008.
It is assumed for purposes of this example
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
that the section 417(e)(3) interest rate that
applies to a distribution from Plan E as of
January 1, 2004, is 5.25%, and that the
section 417(e)(3) interest rate that applies to
a distribution from Plan E as of January 1,
2008, is 6%. The normal form of benefit
under Plan E is a straight life annuity. Plan
E provides a QPSA to all married participants
without charge. Plan E provides that, for
purposes of adjusting the dollar limitation
under section 415(b)(1)(A) for
commencement before age 62 or after age 65,
no adjustment is made to reflect the
probability of a participant’s death between
the annuity starting date and the participant’s
attainment of age 62 or between the
participant’s attainment of age 65 and the
annuity starting date. Under Plan E, benefits
commencing after the age of 65 are
actuarially adjusted to reflect the later
commencement date using the plan’s
generally applicable assumptions for
actuarial equivalence.
(ii) To comply with the limitations of
section 415 for the 2008 limitation year, Plan
E must satisfy two requirements. First, under
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, Plan E must
limit payments to P so that the sum of the
annual benefit attributable to the currently
commencing distribution plus the annual
benefit attributable to prior distributions is
within the limitations of section 415(b) that
apply to a benefit commencing at the annuity
starting date for the distribution that
commences in 2008. Second, under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the payments
under the annuity that are paid before
January 1, 2008, plus the single-sum
distribution made on January 1, 2008, must
satisfy the requirements of § 1.415(b)–1
determined as of January 1, 2004, using the
interest rates and mortality table applicable
as of January 1, 2004. Pursuant to paragraph
(c)(2) of this section, Plan E does not fail to
satisfy this latter requirement if payments
reflect cost-of-living adjustments pursuant to
section 415(d) for payments no earlier than
the time those adjustments are effective and
in amounts no greater than amounts
determined under § 1.415(d)–1(a)(5).
(iii) To satisfy the second requirement
described in paragraph (ii) of this Example 4,
the payments under the annuity that are paid
before January 1, 2008 (i.e., $165,000 during
2004, $170,000 during 2005, $170,000 during
2006, and $175,000 during 2007), plus the
single-sum distribution of $1,769,157 made
on January 1, 2008, must satisfy the
requirements of § 1.415(b)–1 determined as of
January 1, 2004, using the interest rates and
mortality table applicable as of January 1,
2004. As of January 1, 2004, the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity with respect
to those payments is $176,698 using the
applicable interest rate (assumed to be
5.25%) and the applicable mortality table for
that date. As of January 1, 2004, the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
with respect to those payments is $170,239
using the plan’s actuarial assumptions (a 6%
interest rate and the applicable mortality
table as of January 1, 2003). The annual
benefit attributable to those payments is the
greater of the two amounts, or $176,698. This
amount exceeds the applicable dollar
limitation as of January 1, 2004 (i.e.,
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
$165,000). Accordingly, without application
of the special rule for cost-of-living
adjustments, Plan E would fail to satisfy this
second requirement.
(iv) Pursuant to the special rule for cost-ofliving adjustments under paragraph (c)(2) of
this section, Plan E does not fail to satisfy the
second requirement described in paragraph
(ii) of this Example 4 if payments reflect costof-living adjustments pursuant to section
415(d) for payments no earlier than the time
those adjustments are effective and in
amounts no greater than amounts determined
under § 1.415(d)–1(a)(5). Accordingly, the
payment stream that must satisfy the
requirements of § 1.415(b)–1 determined as of
January 1, 2004, using the interest rates and
mortality table applicable as of January 1,
2004, is the payment stream consisting of
$165,000 paid each year during 2004 through
2007, and $1,621,727 ($1,769,157 multiplied
by 165,000/180,000) paid on January 1, 2008.
As of January 1, 2004, the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity with respect
to those payments is $158,930 using the
applicable interest rate (assumed to be
5.25%) and the applicable mortality table for
that date. As of January 1, 2004, the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
with respect to those payments is $165,000
using the plan’s actuarial assumptions (a 6%
interest rate and the applicable mortality
table as of January 1, 2003). The annual
benefit attributable to those payments is the
greater of the two amounts, or $165,000,
which satisfies the applicable limitations as
of January 1, 2004. Accordingly, Plan E
satisfies the second requirement described in
paragraph (ii) of this Example 4 using the
special rule for cost-of-living adjustments
under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(v) For purposes of determining
compliance with the first requirement
described in paragraph (ii) of this Example 4,
P’s annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions is computed by adjusting the
annual payments already received ($165,000
for 2004, $170,000 for 2005, $170,000 for
2006, and $175,000 for 2007) already made
before January 1, 2008, to an actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity commencing
on January 1, 2008, in accordance with the
rules set forth in paragraph (b)(3) of this
section. Pursuant to those rules, that
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is
computed using either the plan’s actuarial
assumptions for applying offsets for prior
distributions (here, a 6% interest rate and the
mortality table that applies under section
417(e)(3) as of January 1, 2003), or an interest
rate of 5% and the applicable mortality table
under section 417(e)(3), both determined as
of January 1, 2008, whichever set of actuarial
assumptions produces the greater actuarially
equivalent annuity. The actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity computed
using the plan’s assumptions used for
computing offsets is $80,453 per year, and
the actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity computed using a 5% interest rate
and the applicable mortality table as of
January 1, 2008, is $75,046 per year. Thus,
P’s annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions is $80,453.
(vi) P’s annual benefit attributable to the
single-sum distribution made on January 1,
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
2008, is determined as the greater of the
annual amount of the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity commencing at the same
age (determined using the plan’s actuarial
factors), and the annual amount of the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
commencing at the same age (determined
using the applicable interest rate and
applicable mortality table). Based on the
factors used in the plan to determine the
actuarially equivalent lump sum (in this case,
an interest rate of 6% and the applicable
mortality table as of January 1, 2003),
$1,769,157 payable as a single sum at age 69
is actuarially equivalent to an immediate
straight life annuity at age 69 of $180,000.
Based on the applicable interest rate and the
applicable mortality table, $1,769,157
payable as a single sum at age 69 is
actuarially equivalent to an immediate
straight life annuity at age 69 of $170,451.
With respect to the single-sum distribution,
P’s annual benefit is equal to the greater of
the two resulting amounts, or $180,000.
(vii) To satisfy the first requirement
described in paragraph (ii) of this Example 4,
P’s annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions plus P’s annual benefit
attributable to the single-sum distribution,
determined as of January 1, 2008, must not
exceed the applicable limitations. The sum of
those annual benefits is $260,453. The ageadjusted dollar limitation as of January 1,
2008, is determined as the lesser of the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit multiplied
by the ratio of the annuity payable at age 69
to the annuity that would be payable at age
65 based on the same accrued benefit (both
determined before the application of section
415), or the straight life annuity payable at
age 69 that is actuarially equivalent, using
5% interest and the applicable mortality
table, to the straight life annuity payable at
age 65. In this case, the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit at age 69 is
$244,013, which is the lesser of 265,320 (the
straight life annuity at age 69 that is
actuarially equivalent to an annuity of
$180,000 commencing at age 65, determined
using the plan’s interest rate of 6% and the
applicable mortality table that applies as of
January 1, 2003, without a mortality
decrement for the period between 65 and 69)
and $244,013 (the straight life annuity at age
69 that is actuarially equivalent to an annuity
of $180,000 commencing at age 65,
determined using 5% interest and the
applicable mortality table, without a
mortality decrement for the period between
65 and 69)). The compensation-based
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B) for P in
2008 is $209,000 ($190,000 multiplied by the
product of the annual adjustment factors for
2005 through 2008, or 1.1). Accordingly, the
limitation under section 415(b) for P as of
January 1, 2008, is $209,000 (the lesser of the
dollar limitation and the compensation
limitation as of that date).
(viii) Because the sum of P’s annual benefit
attributable to prior distributions plus P’s
annual benefit attributable to the single-sum
distribution ($260,453) exceeds the limitation
under section 415(b) determined as of
January 1, 2008 ($209,000), the plan fails to
satisfy the requirements of section 415(b). In
addition, if the plan limits the amount of the
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
single-sum distribution in order to satisfy the
requirements of section 415(b) in this case,
there may be a forfeiture of a participant’s
accrued benefit in violation of section 411(a)
in some cases where a participant converts
annuity payments to a single-sum
distribution.
Par. 9. Section 1.415(c)–1 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.415(c)–1 Limitations for defined
contribution plans.
(a) General rules—(1) Maximum
limitations. Under section 415(c) and
this section, to satisfy the provisions of
section 415(a) for any limitation year,
except as provided by paragraph (a)(3)
of this section, the annual additions (as
defined in paragraph (b) of this section)
credited to the account of a participant
in a defined contribution plan for the
limitation year must not exceed the
lesser of—
(i) $40,000 (adjusted pursuant to
section 415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1(b)); or
(ii) 100% of the participant’s
compensation (as defined in § 1.415(c)–
2) for the limitation year.
(2) Defined contribution plan—(i)
Definition. For purposes of section 415
and regulations thereunder, a defined
contribution plan means a defined
contribution plan within the meaning of
section 414(i) (including the portion of
a plan treated as a defined contribution
plan under the rules of section 414(k))
that is—
(A) A plan described in section 401(a)
which includes a trust which is exempt
from tax under section 501(a);
(B) An annuity plan described in
section 403(a); or
(C) A simplified employee pension
described in section 408(k).
(ii) Additional plans treated as
defined contribution plans—(A) In
general. Contributions to the types of
arrangements described in paragraphs
(a)(2)(ii)(B) through (D) of this section
are treated as contributions to defined
contribution plans for purposes of
section 415 and regulations thereunder.
(B) Employee contributions to a
defined benefit plan. Mandatory
employee contributions to a defined
benefit plan are treated as contributions
to a defined contribution plan. For this
purpose, contributions that are picked
up by the employer as described in
section 414(h)(2) are not considered
employee contributions.
(C) Individual medical accounts
under section 401(h). Pursuant to
section 415(l)(1), contributions allocated
to any individual medical account
which is part of a pension or annuity
plan established pursuant to section
401(h) are treated as contributions to a
defined contribution plan.
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31241
(D) Post-retirement medical accounts
for key employees. Pursuant to section
419A(d)(2), amounts attributable to
medical benefits allocated to an account
established for a key employee (i.e., any
employee who, at any time during the
plan year or any preceding plan year, is
or was a key employee as defined in
section 416(i)) pursuant to section
419A(d)(1) are treated as contributions
to a defined contribution plan.
(iii) Section 403(b) annuity contracts.
Annual additions under an annuity
contract described in section 403(b) are
treated as annual additions under a
defined contribution plan for purposes
of this section.
(3) Alternative contribution
limitations—(i) Church plans. For
alternative contribution limitations
relating to church plans, see paragraph
(d) of this section.
(ii) Special rules for medical benefits.
For alternative contribution limitations
relating to certain medical benefits, see
paragraph (e) of this section.
(iii) Employee stock ownership plans.
For additional rules relating to
employee stock ownership plans, see
paragraph (f) of this section.
(b) Annual additions—(1) In general—
(i) General definition. The term annual
addition means, for purposes of this
section, the sum, credited to a
participant’s account for any limitation
year, of—
(A) Employer contributions;
(B) Employee contributions; and
(C) Forfeitures.
(ii) Certain excess amounts treated as
annual additions. Contributions do not
fail to be annual additions merely
because they are excess contributions
(as described in section 401(k)(8)(B)) or
excess aggregate contributions (as
described in section 401(m)(6)(B)), or
merely because excess contributions or
excess aggregate contributions are
corrected through distribution.
(iii) Direct transfers between defined
contribution plans. The direct transfer
of funds or employee contributions from
one defined contribution plan to
another defined contribution plan does
not give rise to an annual addition.
(iv) Reinvested ESOP dividends. The
reinvestment of dividends on employer
securities under an employee stock
ownership plan pursuant to section
404(k)(2)(A)(iii)(II) does not give rise to
an annual addition.
(2) Employer contributions—(i)
Amounts treated as annual additions.
For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) of
this section, the term annual additions
includes employer contributions
credited to the participant’s account for
the limitation year and other allocations
described in paragraph (b)(4) of this
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31242
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
section that are made during the
limitation year. See paragraph (b)(6) of
this section for timing rules applicable
to annual additions with respect to
employer contributions.
(ii) Amounts not treated as annual
additions—(A) Certain restorations of
accrued benefits. The restoration of an
employee’s accrued benefits by the
employer in accordance with section
411(a)(3)(D) or section 411(a)(7)(C) or
resulting from the repayment of
cashouts under a governmental plan (as
described in section 415(k)(3)) is not
considered an annual addition for the
limitation year in which the restoration
occurs. (See § 1.411(a)–7(d)(6)(iii)(B).)
(B) Catch-up contributions. Catch-up
contributions made in accordance with
section 414(v) and § 1.414(v)–1 do not
give rise to annual additions.
(C) Restorative payments. A
restorative payment that is allocated to
a participant’s account does not give
rise to an annual addition for any
limitation year. For this purpose,
restorative payments are payments
made to restore losses to a plan resulting
from actions by a fiduciary for which
there is reasonable risk of liability for
breach of a fiduciary duty under Title I
of ERISA, where plan participants who
are similarly situated are treated
similarly with respect to the payments.
Generally, payments to a defined
contribution plan are restorative
payments only if the payments are made
in order to restore some or all of the
plan’s losses due to an action (or a
failure to act) that creates a reasonable
risk of liability for such a breach of
fiduciary duty (other than a breach of
fiduciary duty arising from failure to
remit contributions to the plan). This
includes payments to a plan made
pursuant to a Department of Labor
order, the Department of Labor’s
Voluntary Fiduciary Correction
Program, or a court-approved
settlement, to restore losses to a
qualified defined contribution plan on
account of the breach of fiduciary duty
(other than a breach of fiduciary duty
arising from failure to remit
contributions to the plan). However,
payments made to a plan to make up for
losses due merely to market fluctuations
and other payments that are not made
on account of a reasonable risk of
liability for breach of a fiduciary duty
under Title I of ERISA are contributions
that give rise to annual additions and
are not restorative payments.
(D) Excess deferrals. Excess deferrals
that are distributed in accordance with
§ 1.402(g)–1(e)(2) or (3) do not give rise
to annual additions.
(3) Employee contributions. For
purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
section, the term annual additions
includes mandatory employee
contributions (as defined in section
411(c)(2)(C) and the regulations
thereunder) as well as voluntary
employee contributions. The term
‘‘annual additions’’ does not include—
(i) Rollover contributions (as
described in sections 401(a)(31),
402(c)(1), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3),
and 457(e)(16)).
(ii) Repayments of loans made to a
participant from the plan;
(iii) Repayments of amounts described
in section 411(a)(7)(B) (in accordance
with section 411(a)(7)(C)) and section
411(a)(3)(D) (see § 1.411(a)–
7(d)(6)(iii)(B)) or repayment of
contributions to a governmental plan as
described in section 415(k)(3); or
(iv) Employee contributions to a
qualified cost of living arrangement
within the meaning of section
415(k)(2)(B).
(4) Transactions with plan. The
Commissioner may in an appropriate
case, considering all of the facts and
circumstances, treat transactions
between the plan and the employer,
transactions between the plan and the
employee, or certain allocations to
participants’ accounts as giving rise to
annual additions. Further, the
Commissioner will treat a sale or
exchange by the employee or the
employer that transfers assets to a plan
where the consideration paid by the
plan is less than the fair market value
of the assets transferred to the plan as
giving rise to an annual addition in the
amount of the difference between the
value of the assets transferred and the
consideration. A transaction described
in this paragraph (b)(4) may constitute
a prohibited transaction with the
meaning of section 4975(c)(1).
(5) Contributions other than cash. For
purposes of this paragraph (b), a
contribution by the employer or
employee of property rather than cash is
considered to be a contribution in an
amount equal to the fair market value of
the property on the date the
contribution is made. For this purpose,
the fair market value is the price at
which the property would change hands
between a willing buyer and a willing
seller, neither being under any
compulsion to buy or to sell and both
having reasonable knowledge of
relevant facts. In addition, the
contribution described in this paragraph
(b)(5) may constitute a prohibited
transaction within the meaning of
section 4975(c)(1).
(6) Timing rules—(i) In general—(A)
Date of allocation. For purposes of this
paragraph (b), an annual addition is
credited to the account of a participant
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
for a particular limitation year if it is
allocated to the participant’s account
under the terms of the plan as of any
date within that limitation year.
However, if the allocation is dependent
upon participation in the plan as of any
date subsequent to the date as of which
it is allocated, it is considered allocated
only at the end of the period of
participation upon which the allocation
is conditioned.
(B) Date of employer contributions.
For purposes of this paragraph (b),
employer contributions are not treated
as credited to a participant’s account for
a particular limitation year unless the
contributions are actually made to the
plan no later than 30 days after the end
of the period described in section
404(a)(6) applicable to the taxable year
with or within which the particular
limitation year ends. If, however,
contributions are made by an employer
exempt from Federal income tax
(including a governmental employer),
the contributions must be made to the
plan no later than the 15th day of the
tenth calendar month following the
close of the taxable year with or within
which the particular limitation year
ends. If contributions are made to a plan
after the end of the period during which
contributions can be made and treated
as credited to a participant’s account for
a particular limitation year, allocations
attributable to those contributions are
treated as credited to the participant’s
account for the limitation year during
which those contributions are made.
(C) Date of employee contributions.
For purposes of this paragraph (b),
employee contributions, whether
voluntary or mandatory, are not treated
as credited to a participant’s account for
a particular limitation year unless the
contributions are actually made to the
plan no later than 30 days after the close
of that limitation year.
(D) Date for forfeitures. A forfeiture is
treated as an annual addition for the
limitation year that contains the date as
of which it is allocated to a participant’s
account as a forfeiture.
(E) Treatment of elective contributions
as plan assets. The extent to which
elective contributions constitute plan
assets for purposes of the prohibited
transaction provisions of section 4975
and Title I of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 (88 Stat.
829), Public Law 93–406 (ERISA), is
determined in accordance with
regulations and rulings issued by the
Department of Labor. See 29 CFR
2510.3–102.
(ii) Special timing rules—(A)
Corrective contributions. For purposes
of this section, if, in a particular
limitation year, an employer allocates
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
an amount to a participant’s account
because of an erroneous forfeiture in a
prior limitation year, or because of an
erroneous failure to allocate amounts in
a prior limitation year, the allocation
will not be considered an annual
addition with respect to the participant
for that particular limitation year, but
will be considered an annual addition
for the prior limitation year to which it
relates. An example of a situation in
which an employer contribution might
occur under the circumstances
described in the preceding sentence is a
retroactive crediting of service for an
employee under 29 CFR 2530.200b–
2(a)(3) in accordance with an award of
back pay. For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(6)(ii), if the amount so contributed in
the particular limitation year takes into
account actual investment gains
attributable to the period subsequent to
the year to which the contribution
relates, the portion of the total
contribution that consists of such gains
is not considered as an annual addition
for any limitation year.
(B) Contributions for accumulated
funding deficiencies and previously
waived contributions—(1) Accumulated
funding deficiency. In the case of a
defined contribution plan to which the
rules of section 412 apply, a
contribution made to reduce an
accumulated funding deficiency will be
treated as if it were timely made for
purposes of determining the limitation
year in which the annual additions
arising from the contribution are made,
but only if the contribution is allocated
to those participants who would have
received an annual addition if the
contribution had been timely made.
(2) Previously waived contributions.
In the case of a defined contribution
plan to which the rules of section 412
apply and for which there has been a
waiver of the minimum funding
standard in a prior limitation year in
accordance with section 412(d), that
portion of an employer contribution in
a subsequent limitation year which, if
not for the waiver, would have
otherwise been required in the prior
limitation year under section 412(a) will
be treated as if it were timely made
(without regard to the funding waiver)
for purposes of determining the
limitation year in which the annual
additions arising from the contribution
are made, but only if the contribution is
allocated to those participants who
would have received an annual addition
if the contribution had been timely
made (without regard to the funding
waiver).
(3) Interest. For purposes of
determining the amount of the annual
addition under paragraphs
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
(b)(6)(ii)(B)(1) and (2), a reasonable
amount of interest paid by the employer
is disregarded. However, any interest
paid by the employer that is in excess
of a reasonable amount, as determined
by the Commissioner, is taken into
account as an annual addition for the
limitation year during which the
contribution is made.
(C) Simplified employee pensions
(SEPs). For purposes of this paragraph
(b), amounts contributed to a simplified
employee pension described in section
408(k) are treated as allocated to the
individual’s account as of the last day
of the limitation year ending with or
within the taxable year for which the
contribution is made.
(D) Treatment of certain contributions
made pursuant to veterans’
reemployment rights. If, in a particular
limitation year, an employer contributes
an amount to an employee’s account
with respect to a prior limitation year
and such contribution is required by
reason of such employee’s rights under
chapter 43 of title 38, United States
Code, resulting from qualified military
service, as specified in section 414(u)(1),
then such contribution is not considered
an annual addition with respect to the
employee for that particular limitation
year in which the contribution is made,
but, in accordance with section
414(u)(1)(B), is considered an annual
addition for the limitation year to which
the contribution relates.
(c) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this section:
Example 1. (i) P is a participant in a
qualified profit-sharing plan maintained by
his employer, ABC Corporation. The
limitation year for the plan is the calendar
year. P’s compensation (as defined in
§ 1.415(c)–2) for the current limitation year is
$30,000.
(ii) Because the compensation limitation
described in section 415(c)(1)(B) applicable
to P for the current limitation year is lower
than the dollar limitation described in
section 415(c)(1)(A), the maximum annual
addition which can be allocated to P’s
account for the current limitation year is
$30,000 (100% of $30,000).
Example 2. (i) Assume the same facts as in
Example 1, except that P’s compensation for
the current limitation year is $140,000.
(ii) The maximum amount of annual
additions that may be allocated to P’s
account in the current limitation year is the
lesser of $140,000 (100% of P’s
compensation) or the dollar limitation of
section 415(c)(1)(A) as in effect as of January
1 of the calendar year in which the current
limitation year ends. If, for example, the
dollar limitation of section 415(c)(1)(A) in
effect as of January 1 of the calendar year in
which the current limitation year ends is
$44,000, then the maximum annual addition
that can be allocated to P’s account for the
current limitation year is $44,000.
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31243
Example 3. (i) Employer N maintains a
qualified profit-sharing plan that uses the
calendar year as its plan year and its
limitation year. N’s taxable year is a fiscal
year beginning June 1 and ending May 31.
Under the terms of the profit-sharing plan
maintained by N, employer contributions are
made to the plan two months after the close
of N’s taxable year and are allocated as of the
last day of the plan year ending within the
taxable year (and are not conditioned on
future participation). Thus, employer
contributions for the 2007 calendar year
limitation year are made on July 31, 2008 (the
date that is two months after the close of N’s
taxable year ending May 31, 2008) and are
allocated as of December 31, 2007.
(ii) Because the employer contributions are
actually made to the plan no later than 30
days after the end of the period described in
section 404(a)(6) with respect to N’s taxable
year ending May 31, 2008, the contributions
will be considered annual additions for the
2007 calendar year limitation year.
Example 4. (i) Assume the same facts as in
Example 3, except that the plan year for the
profit-sharing plan maintained by N is the
12-month period beginning on February 1
and ending on January 31. The limitation
year continues to be the calendar year. Under
the terms of the plan, an employer
contribution which is made to the plan on
July 31, 2008, is allocated to participants’
accounts as of January 31, 2008.
(ii) Because the last day of the plan year
is in the 2008 calendar year limitation year,
and because, under the terms of the plan,
employer contributions are allocated to
participants’ accounts as of the last day of the
plan year, the contributions are considered
annual additions for the 2008 calendar year
limitation year.
Example 5. (i) XYZ Corporation maintains
a profit-sharing plan to which a participant
may make voluntary employee contributions
for any year not to exceed 10% of the
participant’s compensation for the year. The
plan permits a participant to make retroactive
make-up contributions for any year for which
the participant contributed less than 10% of
compensation. XYZ uses the calendar year as
the plan year and the limitation year. Under
the terms of the plan, voluntary employee
contributions are credited to a participant’s
account for a particular limitation year if
such contributions are allocated to the
participant’s account as of any date within
that limitation year. Participant A’s
compensation is as follows—
Limitation year
2007
2008
2009
2010
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
Compensation
$30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
(ii) Participant A makes no voluntary
employee contributions during limitation
years 2007, 2008, and 2009. On October 1,
2010, participant A makes a voluntary
employee contribution of $13,200 (10% of
A’s aggregate compensation for limitation
years 2007, 2008, 2009, and 2010 of
$132,000). Under the terms of the plan,
$3,000 of this 2010 contribution is allocated
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31244
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
to A’s account as of limitation year 2007;
$3,200 is allocated to A’s account of
limitation year 2008; $3,400 is allocated to
A’s account as of limitation year 2009, and
$3,600 is allocated to A’s account as of
limitation year 2010.
(iii) Under the rule set forth in paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(C) of this section, employee
contributions will not be considered credited
to a participant’s account for a particular
limitation year for section 415 purposes
unless the contributions are actually made to
the plan no later than 30 days after the close
of that limitation year. Thus, A’s voluntary
employee contribution of $13,200 made on
October 1, 2010 would be considered as
credited to A’s account only for the 2010
calendar year limitation year,
notwithstanding the plan provisions.
(d) Special rules relating to church
plans—(1) Alternative contribution
limitation—(i) In general. Pursuant to
section 415(c)(7)(A), notwithstanding
the general rule of paragraph (a)(1) of
this section, additions for a section
403(b) annuity contract for a year with
respect to a participant who is an
employee of a church or a convention or
association of churches, including an
organization described in section
414(e)(3)(B)(ii), when expressed as an
annual addition to such participant’s
account, are treated as not exceeding the
limitation of paragraph (a)(1) of this
section if such annual additions for the
year are not in excess of $10,000.
(ii) $40,000 aggregate limitation. The
total amount of annual additions with
respect to any participant that are
treated as not exceeding the limitation
of paragraph (a)(1) of this section (taking
into account the rule of paragraph (d)(3)
of this section) pursuant to the rule of
paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section even
though those annual additions would
otherwise exceed that limitation cannot
exceed $40,000. Thus, the aggregate of
amounts for all limitation years that
would exceed the limitation of this
section but for this paragraph (d)(1) is
limited to $40,000.
(2) Years of service taken into account
for duly ordained, commissioned, or
licensed ministers or lay employees. For
purposes of this paragraph (d)—
(i) All years of service by an
individual as an employee of a church,
or a convention or association of
churches, including an organization
described in section 414(e)(3)(B)(ii), are
considered as years of service for one
employer; and
(ii) All amounts contributed for
annuity contracts by each such church
(or convention or association of
churches) during such years for the
employee are considered to have been
contributed by one employer.
(3) Foreign missionaries. Pursuant to
section 415(c)(7)(C), in the case of any
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
individual described in paragraph (d)(1)
of this section performing any services
for the church outside the United States
during the limitation year, additions for
an annuity contract under section 403(b)
for any year are not treated as exceeding
the limitation of paragraph (a)(1) of this
section if such annual additions for the
year do not exceed the greater of $3,000
or the employee’s includible
compensation with respect to services
for the church performed outside the
United States during the limitation year.
(4) Church, convention or association
of churches. For purposes of this
paragraph (d), the terms church and
convention or association of churches
have the same meaning as when used in
section 414(e).
(5) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this paragraph (d).
Example 1. (i) E is an employee of ABC
Church earning $7,000 during each calendar
year. E participates in a section 403(b)
annuity contract maintained by ABC Church
beginning in 2007. The limitation year for the
plan coincides with the calendar year. ABC
Church contributes $10,000 to be allocated to
E’s account under the plan for 2007.
(ii) Under paragraph (d)(1) of this section,
this allocation is treated as not violating the
limits established in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section because it does not exceed $10,000.
Moreover, since an annual addition of
$10,000 would otherwise exceed the
limitation of paragraph (a)(1) of this section
by $3,000, $3,000 is counted toward the
aggregate limitation specified in paragraph
(d)(1)(ii) of this section for 2007.
Accordingly, ABC Church may make such
allocations for 13 years (e.g., for 2007 through
2019) without exceeding the aggregate
limitation of $40,000 specified in paragraph
(d) of this section. For the fourteenth year,
ABC Church could allocate only $8,000 to E’s
account (i.e., the $7,000 limitation computed
under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, plus
the remaining $1,000 of the $40,000 aggregate
limitation under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this
section on annual additions in excess of the
limits under paragraph (a)(1) of this section).
Example 2. (i) F is an employee of XYZ
Church. F earns $2,000 during each calendar
year for services he provides to XYZ Church,
all of which are performed outside the
United States during each calendar year. F
participates in a section 403(b) annuity
contract maintained by ABC Church
beginning in 2007. The limitation year for the
plan coincides with the calendar year. ABC
Church contributes $10,000 to be allocated to
F’s account under the plan for 2007.
(ii) Under paragraph (d)(1) of this section,
this allocation is treated as not violating the
limits established in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section because it does not exceed $10,000.
Moreover, since an annual addition of
$10,000 would otherwise exceed the
limitation of paragraph (a)(1) of this section
by $7,000 (i.e., the excess of $10,000 over the
greater of the $2,000 compensation limitation
under section 415(c)(1)(B) or the $3,000
section 415(c)(7)(C) amount), XYZ Church
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
may make such allocations for 5 years (e.g.,
for 2006 through 2010) without exceeding the
aggregate limitation of $40,000 specified in
paragraph (d) of this section. In 2012, XYZ
church may contribute $8,000 to be allocated
to F’s account under the plan (i.e., the $3,000
limitation computed under paragraph (d)(3)
of this section, plus the remaining $5,000 of
the $40,000 aggregate limitation under
paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section on annual
additions in excess of the limits under
paragraph (a)(1) of this section). For years
after 2012, pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of
this section, XYZ Church could allocate
$3,000 per year to F’s account.
(e) Special rules for medical benefits.
The limit under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of
this section (i.e., 100% of the
participant’s compensation for the
limitation year) does not apply to—
(1) An individual medical account (as
defined in section 415(l)); or
(2) A post-retirement medical benefits
account for key employees (as defined
in section 419A(d)(1)).
(f) Special rules for employee stock
ownership plans—(1) In general. Special
rules apply to employee stock
ownership plans, as provided in
paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(4) of this
section.
(2) Determination of annual additions
for leveraged ESOP—(i) In general.
Except as provided in this paragraph (f),
in the case of an employee stock
ownership plan to which an exempt
loan as described in § 54.4975–7(b) has
been made, the amount of employer
contributions that is considered an
annual addition for the limitation year
is calculated with respect to employer
contributions of both principal and
interest used to repay that exempt loan
for the limitation year.
(ii) Employer stock that has decreased
in value. A plan may provide that, in
lieu of computing annual additions in
accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of
this section, annual additions with
respect to a loan repayment described in
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section are
determined as the fair market value of
shares released from the suspense
account on account of the repayment
and allocated to participants for the
limitation year if that amount is less
than the amount determined in
accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of
this section.
(3) Exclusions from annual additions
for certain ESOPs that allocate to a
broad range of participants—(i) General
rule. Pursuant to section 415(c)(6), in
the case of an employee stock
ownership plan (as described in section
4975(e)(7)) that meets the requirements
of paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section for
a limitation year, the limitations
imposed by this section do not apply
to—
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(A) Forfeitures of employer securities
(within the meaning of section 409(l))
under such an employee stock
ownership plan if such securities were
acquired with the proceeds of a loan (as
described in section 404(a)(9)(A)); or
(B) Employer contributions to such an
employee stock ownership plan which
are deductible under section
404(a)(9)(B) and charged against the
participant’s account.
(ii) Employee stock ownership plans
to which the special exclusion applies.
An employee stock ownership plan
meets the requirements of this
paragraph (f)(3)(ii) for a limitation year
if no more than one-third of the
employer contributions for the
limitation year that are deductible under
section 404(a)(9) are allocated to highly
compensated employees (within the
meaning of section 414(q)).
(4) Gratuitous transfers under section
664(g)(1). The amount of any qualified
gratuitous transfer (as defined in section
664(g)(1)) allocated to a participant for
any limitation year is not taken into
account in determining whether any
other annual addition exceeds the
limitations imposed by this section, but
only if the amount of the qualified
gratuitous transfer does not exceed the
limitations imposed by section 415.
Par. 10. Section 1.415(c)–2 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.415(c)–2
Compensation.
(a) General definition. Except as
otherwise provided in this section,
compensation from the employer within
the meaning of section 415(c)(3), which
is applied for purposes of section 415
and regulations thereunder, means all
items of remuneration described in
paragraph (b) of this section, but
excludes the items of remuneration
described in paragraph (c) of this
section. Paragraph (d) of this section
provides safe harbor definitions of
compensation that are permitted to be
provided in a plan in lieu of the
generally applicable definition of
compensation. Paragraph (e) of this
section provides timing rules relating to
compensation. Paragraph (f) of this
section provides rules regarding the
application of the rules of section
401(a)(17) to the definition of
compensation for purposes of section
415. Paragraph (g) of this section
provides special rules relating to the
determination of compensation,
including rules for determining
compensation for a section 403(b)
annuity contract, rules for determining
the compensation of employees of
controlled groups or affiliated service
groups, rules for disabled employees,
rules relating to foreign compensation,
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
rules regarding deemed section 125
compensation, and rules for employees
in qualified military service.
(b) Items includible as compensation.
For purposes of applying the limitations
of section 415, except as otherwise
provided in this section, the term
compensation means remuneration for
services of the following types—
(1) The employee’s wages, salaries,
fees for professional services, and other
amounts received (without regard to
whether or not an amount is paid in
cash) for personal services actually
rendered in the course of employment
with the employer maintaining the plan,
to the extent that the amounts are
includible in gross income (or to the
extent amounts deferred at the election
of the employee would be includible in
gross income but for the rules of section
402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), 125(a),
132(f)(4), or 457(b)). These amounts
include, but are not limited to,
commissions paid to salespersons,
compensation for services on the basis
of a percentage of profits, commissions
on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses,
fringe benefits, and reimbursements or
other expense allowances under a
nonaccountable plan as described in
§ 1.62–2(c).
(2) In the case of an employee who is
an employee within the meaning of
section 401(c)(1) and the regulations
thereunder, the employee’s earned
income (as described in section
401(c)(2) and the regulations
thereunder), plus amounts deferred at
the election of the employee that would
be includible in gross income but for the
rules of section 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B),
402(k), or 457(b).
(3) Amounts described in section
104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h), but only to
the extent that these amounts are
includible in the gross income of the
employee.
(4) Amounts paid or reimbursed by
the employer for moving expenses
incurred by an employee, but only to
the extent that at the time of the
payment it is reasonable to believe that
these amounts are not deductible by the
employee under section 217.
(5) The value of a nonqualified option
granted to an employee by the
employer, but only to the extent that the
value of the option is includible in the
gross income of the employee for the
taxable year in which granted.
(6) The amount includible in the gross
income of an employee upon making
the election described in section 83(b).
(c) Items not includible as
compensation. The term compensation
does not include—
(1) Contributions (other than elective
contributions described in section
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31245
402(e)(3), section 408(k)(6), section
408(p)(2)(A)(i), or section 457(b)) made
by the employer to a plan of deferred
compensation (including a simplified
employee pension described in section
408(k) or a simple retirement account
described in section 408(p), and
whether or not qualified) to the extent
that the contributions are not includible
in the gross income of the employee for
the taxable year in which contributed.
Additionally, any distributions from a
plan of deferred compensation (whether
or not qualified) are not considered as
compensation for section 415 purposes,
regardless of whether such amounts are
includible in the gross income of the
employee when distributed. However, if
the plan so provides, any amounts
received by an employee pursuant to an
unfunded nonqualified plan are
permitted to be considered as
compensation for section 415 purposes
in the year the amounts are actually
received.
(2) Amounts realized from the
exercise of a nonqualified option, or
when restricted stock or other property
held by an employee either becomes
freely transferable or is no longer subject
to a substantial risk of forfeiture (see
section 83 and the regulations
thereunder).
(3) Amounts realized from the sale,
exchange, or other disposition of stock
acquired under a qualified stock option.
(4) Other amounts that receive special
tax benefits, such as premiums for
group-term life insurance (but only to
the extent that the premiums are not
includible in the gross income of the
employee and are not salary reduction
amounts that are described in section
125).
(5) Other items of remuneration that
are similar to any of the items listed in
paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this
section.
(d) Safe harbor rules with respect to
plan’s definition of compensation—(1)
In general. Paragraphs (d)(2) through (4)
of this section contain safe harbor
definitions of compensation that are
automatically considered to satisfy
section 415(c)(3) if specified in the plan.
The Commissioner may, in revenue
rulings, notices, and other guidance of
general applicability published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d) of this chapter), provide
additional definitions of compensation
that are treated as satisfying section
415(c)(3).
(2) Simplified compensation. The safe
harbor definition of compensation
under this paragraph (d)(2) includes
only those items specified in paragraph
(b)(1) or (2) of this section and excludes
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31246
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
all those items listed in paragraph (c) of
this section.
(3) Section 3401(a) wages. The safe
harbor definition of compensation
under this paragraph (d)(3) includes
wages within the meaning of section
3401(a) (for purposes of income tax
withholding at the source), plus
amounts deferred at the election of the
employee that would be included in
wages if not deferred pursuant to the
rules of section 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B),
402(k), or 457(b). However, any rules
that limit the remuneration included in
wages based on the nature or location of
the employment or the services
performed (such as the exception for
agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2))
are disregarded for this purpose.
(4) Information required to be
reported under sections 6041, 6051 and
6052. The safe harbor definition of
compensation under this paragraph
(d)(4) includes amounts that are
compensation under the safe harbor
definition of paragraph (d)(3) of this
section, plus all other payments of
compensation to an employee by his
employer (in the course of the
employer’s trade or business) for which
the employer is required to furnish the
employee a written statement under
sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052.
See §§ 1.6041–1(a), 1.6041–2(a)(1),
1.6052–1, and 1.6052–2, and also see
§ 31.6051–1(a)(1)(i)(C) of this chapter.
This safe harbor definition of
compensation may be modified to
exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by
the employer for moving expenses
incurred by an employee, but only to
the extent that, at the time of the
payment, it is reasonable to believe that
these amounts are deductible by the
employee under section 217.
(e) Timing rules—(1) In general—(i)
Payment during the limitation year.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (e), in order to be taken into
account for a limitation year,
compensation within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3) must be actually paid
or made available to an employee (or, if
earlier, includible in the gross income of
the employee) within the limitation
year. For this purpose, compensation is
treated as paid on a date if it is actually
paid on that date or it would have been
paid on that date but for an election
under section 401(k), 403(b), 408(k),
408(p)(2)(A)(i), 457(b), 132(f), or 125.
(ii) Payment prior to severance from
employment. In order to be taken into
account for a limitation year,
compensation within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3) must be paid or treated
as paid to the employee (in accordance
with the rules of paragraph (e)(1)(i) of
this section) prior to severance from
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
employment (within the meaning of
section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I)) with the
employer maintaining the plan.
(2) Certain de minimis timing
differences. Notwithstanding the
provisions of paragraph (e)(1) of this
section, a plan may provide that
compensation for a limitation year
includes amounts earned during that
limitation year but not paid during that
limitation year solely because of the
timing of pay periods and pay dates if—
(i) These amounts are paid during the
first few weeks of the next limitation
year;
(ii) The amounts are included on a
uniform and consistent basis with
respect to all similarly situated
employees; and
(iii) No compensation is included in
more than one limitation year.
(3) Compensation paid after
severance from employment—(i) In
general. Any compensation described in
paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section that is
paid within 21⁄2 months after an
employee’s severance from employment
does not fail to be compensation (within
the meaning of section 415(c)(3))
pursuant to the rule of paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section merely because
it is paid after the employee’s severance
from employment.
(ii) Certain payments made within 21⁄2
months after severance from
employment. The following are types of
post-severance payments that are not
excluded from compensation because of
timing if they are paid within 21⁄2
months following severance from
employment—
(A) Payments that, absent a severance
from employment, would have been
paid to the employee while the
employee continued in employment
with the employer and are regular
compensation for services during the
employee’s regular working hours,
compensation for services outside the
employee’s regular working hours (such
as overtime or shift differential),
commissions, bonuses, or other similar
compensation; and
(B) Payments for accrued bona fide
sick, vacation, or other leave, but only
if the employee would have been able
to use the leave if employment had
continued.
(iii) Other post-severance payments
are not compensation. Any payment
that is not described in paragraph
(e)(3)(ii) of this section is not considered
compensation if paid after severance
from employment, even if it is paid
within 21⁄2 months following severance
from employment. Thus, for example,
compensation does not include amounts
paid after severance from employment
that are severance pay, unfunded
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
nonqualified deferred compensation, or
parachute payments within the meaning
of section 280G(b)(2).
(4) Certain military service. The rule
of paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section
does not apply to payments to an
individual who does not currently
perform services for the employer by
reason of qualified military service (as
that term is used in section 414(u)(1)) to
the extent those payments do not exceed
the amounts the individual would have
received if the individual had continued
to perform services for the employer
rather than entering qualified military
service.
(f) Interaction with section 401(a)(17).
Because a plan may not base allocations
(in the case of a defined contribution
plan) or benefit accruals (in the case of
a defined benefit plan) on compensation
in excess of the limitation under section
401(a)(17), a plan’s definition of
compensation for a limitation year that
is used for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415 is not
permitted to reflect compensation for a
plan year that is in excess of the
limitation under section 401(a)(17) that
applies to that plan year.
(g) Special rules—(1) Compensation
for section 403(b) annuity contract. In
the case of an annuity contract
described in section 403(b), the term
participant’s compensation means the
participant’s includible compensation
determined under section 403(b)(3) and
§ 1.403(b)–2(a)(11). Accordingly, the
rules for determining a participant’s
compensation pursuant to section
415(c)(3) (other than section
415(c)(3)(E)) and this section do not
apply to a section 403(b) annuity
contract.
(2) Employees of controlled groups of
corporations, etc. In the case of an
employee of two or more corporations
which are members of a controlled
group of corporations (as defined in
section 414(b) as modified by section
415(h)), the term ‘‘compensation’’ for
such employee includes compensation
from all employers that are members of
the group, regardless of whether the
employee’s particular employer has a
qualified plan. This special rule is also
applicable to an employee of two or
more trades or businesses (whether or
not incorporated) that are under
common control (as defined in section
414(c) as modified by section 415(h)), to
an employee of two or more members of
an affiliated service group as defined in
section 414(m), and to an employee of
two or more members of any group of
employers who must be aggregated and
treated as one employer pursuant to
section 414(o).
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(3) Aggregation of section 403(b)
annuity with qualified plan of
controlled employer. If a section 403(b)
annuity contract is combined or
aggregated with a qualified plan of a
controlled employer in accordance with
§ 1.415(f)–1(f)(2), then, in applying the
limitations of section 415(c) in
connection with the combining of the
section 403(b) annuity with a qualified
plan, the total compensation from both
employers is permitted to be taken into
account.
(4) Permanent and total disability of
defined contribution plan participant—
(i) In general. Pursuant to section
415(c)(3)(C), if the conditions set forth
in paragraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section are
satisfied, then, in the case of a
participant in any defined contribution
plan who is permanently and totally
disabled (as defined in section 22(e)(3)),
the participant’s compensation means
the compensation the participant would
have received for the year if the
participant was paid at the rate of
compensation paid immediately before
becoming permanently and totally
disabled, if such compensation is
greater than the participant’s
compensation determined without
regard to this paragraph (g)(4).
(ii) Conditions for deemed disability
compensation. The rule of paragraph
(g)(4)(i) of this section applies only if
the following conditions are satisfied—
(A) Either the participant is not a
highly compensated employee (as
defined in section 414(q)) immediately
before becoming disabled, or the plan
provides for the continuation of
contributions on behalf of all
participants who are permanently and
totally disabled for a fixed or
determinable period;
(B) The plan provides that the rule of
this paragraph (g)(4) (treating certain
amounts as compensation for a disabled
participant) applies with respect to the
participant; and
(C) Contributions made with respect
to amounts treated as compensation
under this paragraph (g)(4) are
nonforfeitable when made.
(5) Foreign compensation.
Compensation described in paragraphs
(b)(1) and (2) of this section includes
foreign earned income (as defined in
section 911(b)), whether or not
excludable from gross income under
section 911. Compensation described in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section is to be
determined without regard to the
exclusions from gross income in
sections 931 and 933. Similar principles
are to be applied with respect to income
subject to sections 931 and 933 in
determining compensation described in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
(6) Deemed section 125
compensation—(i) General rule. A plan
is permitted to provide that deemed
section 125 compensation (as defined in
paragraph (g)(6)(ii) of this section) is
compensation within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3), provided that the plan
applies this rule uniformly to all
employees with respect to whom
amounts subject to section 125 are
included in compensation.
(ii) Definition of deemed section 125
compensation. Deemed section 125
compensation is an amount that is
excludable from the income of the
participant under section 106 that is not
available to the participant in cash in
lieu of group health coverage under a
section 125 arrangement solely because
that participant is not able to certify that
the participant has other health
coverage. Under this definition,
amounts are deemed section 125
compensation only if the employer does
not otherwise request or collect
information regarding the participant’s
other health coverage as part of the
enrollment process for the health plan.
(7) Employees in qualified military
service. See section 414(u)(7) for special
rules regarding compensation of
employees who are in qualified military
service within the meaning of section
414(u)(5).
Par. 11. Section 1.415(d)–1 is added
to read as follows:
§ 1.415(d)–1
Cost of living adjustments.
(a) Defined benefit plans—(1) Dollar
limitation—(i) Determination of
adjusted limit. Under section
415(d)(1)(A), the dollar limitation
described in section 415(b)(1)(A)
applicable to defined benefit plans is
adjusted annually to take into account
increases in the cost of living. The
adjustment of the dollar limitation is
made by multiplying the adjustment
factor for the year, as described in
paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, by
$160,000, and rounding the result in
accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of
this section. The adjusted dollar
limitation is prescribed by the
Commissioner and published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin. See
§ 601.601(d) of this chapter.
(ii) Determination of adjustment
factor—(A) Adjustment factor. The
adjustment factor for a calendar year is
equal to a fraction, the numerator of
which is the value of the applicable
index for the calendar quarter ending
September 30 of the preceding calendar
year, and the denominator of which is
the value of such index for the base
period. The applicable index is
determined consistent with the
procedures used to adjust benefit
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31247
amounts under section 215(i)(2)(A) of
the Social Security Act, Public Law 92–
336 (86 Stat. 406), as amended. If,
however, the value of that fraction is
less than one for a calendar year, then
the adjustment factor for the calendar
year is equal to one.
(B) Base period. For the purpose of
adjusting the dollar limitation pursuant
to paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section,
the base period is the calendar quarter
beginning July 1, 2001.
(iii) Rounding. Any increase in the
$160,000 amount specified in section
415(b)(1)(A) which is not a multiple of
$5,000 is rounded to the next lowest
multiple of $5,000.
(2) Average compensation for high 3
years of service limitation—(i)
Determination of adjusted limit. Under
section 415(d)(1)(B), with regard to
participants who have separated from
service with a nonforfeitable right to an
accrued benefit, the compensation
limitation described in section
415(b)(1)(B) is adjusted annually to take
into account increases in the cost of
living. For any limitation year beginning
after the separation occurs, the
adjustment of the compensation
limitation is made by multiplying the
annual adjustment factor (as defined in
paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section) by
the compensation limitation applicable
to the participant in the prior limitation
year. The annual adjustment factor is
prescribed by the Commissioner and
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin. See § 601.601(d) of this
chapter.
(ii) Annual adjustment factor. The
annual adjustment factor for a calendar
year is equal to a fraction, the numerator
of which is the value of the applicable
index for the calendar quarter ending
September 30 of the preceding calendar
year, and the denominator of which is
the value of such index for the calendar
quarter ending September 30 of the
calendar year prior to that calendar year.
The applicable index is determined
consistent with the procedures used to
adjust benefit amounts under section
215(i)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act.
If the value of the fraction described in
the first sentence of this paragraph
(a)(2)(ii) is less than one for a calendar
year, then the adjustment factor for the
calendar year is equal to one. In such a
case, the annual adjustment factor for
future calendar years will be determined
in accordance with revenue rulings,
notices, or other published guidance
prescribed by the Commissioner and
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin. See § 601.601(d) of this
chapter.
(3) Effective date of adjustment. The
adjusted dollar limitation applicable to
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31248
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
defined benefit plans is effective as of
January 1 of each calendar year and
applies with respect to limitation years
ending with or within that calendar
year. Benefit payments and accrued
benefits for a limitation year cannot
exceed the currently applicable dollar
limitation (as in effect before the
January 1 adjustment) prior to January 1.
(4) Application of adjusted figure—(i)
In general. If the dollar limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(A) or the
compensation limitation of section
415(b)(1)(B) is adjusted pursuant to
section 415(d) for a limitation year, the
adjustment is applied as provided in
this paragraph (a)(4).
(ii) Application of adjusted
limitations to benefits that have not
commenced. An adjustment to the
dollar limitation of section 415(b)(1)(A)
applies to any distribution of accrued
benefits that did not commence before
the beginning of the limitation year for
which the adjustment is effective.
Annual adjustments to the
compensation limit of section
415(b)(1)(B) as described in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section are made for all
limitation years that begin after the
participant’s severance from
employment, and apply to distributions
that commence after the effective dates
of such adjustments. However, no
adjustment to the compensation limit of
section 415(b)(1)(B) is made for any
limitation year that begins on or before
the date of the participant’s severance
from employment with the employer
maintaining the plan.
(iii) Application of adjusted dollar
limitation to benefits that have
commenced. With respect to a
distribution of accrued benefits that
commenced before the beginning of the
limitation year, a plan is permitted to
apply the adjusted limitations to that
distribution, but only to the extent that
benefits have not been paid. Thus, for
example, a plan cannot provide that the
adjusted dollar limitation applies to a
participant who has previously received
the entire plan benefit in a single-sum
distribution. However, a plan can
provide for an increase in benefits to a
participant who accrues additional
benefits under the plan that could have
been accrued without regard to the
adjustment of the dollar limitation
(including benefits that accrue as a
result of a plan amendment) on or after
the effective date of the adjusted
limitation.
(iv) Manner of adjustment for benefits
that have commenced. If a plan adjusts
benefits to reflect increases in the
applicable limitations pursuant to
section 415(d) for a limitation year after
the limitation year during which
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
payment of the benefit commenced
using the safe harbor methodology
described in paragraph (a)(5) of this
section, the distribution will be treated
as continuing to satisfy the requirements
of section 415(b). If a plan adjusts
benefits to reflect increases in the
applicable limitations pursuant to
section 415(d) for a limitation year after
the limitation year during which
payment of the benefit commenced in a
manner other than the manner
described in paragraph (a)(5) of this
section, the plan must satisfy the
requirements of § 1.415(b)–2, treating
the commencement of the additional
benefit as the commencement of a new
distribution that gives rise to a new
annuity starting date.
(5) Safe harbor for adjustments to
benefit payments resulting from cost-ofliving adjustments. An adjustment to a
distribution that is made on account of
an increase to the applicable limits
pursuant to section 415(d) is made using
the safe harbor methodology of this
paragraph (a)(5) if—
(i) The participant has received one or
more distributions that satisfy the
requirements of section 415(b) before
the date the increase to the applicable
limits is effective;
(ii) The adjusted distribution is solely
as a result of the application of the
increase to the applicable limits
pursuant to section 415(d); and
(iii) The amount payable to the
employee for the limitation year and
subsequent limitation years is not
greater than the amounts that would
otherwise be payable without regard to
the adjustment, multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the limitation
under section 415(b) (i.e., the lesser of
the applicable dollar limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(A), as adjusted for age
at commencement, and the applicable
compensation-based limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(B)) in effect for the
distribution following the section 415(d)
increase, and the denominator of which
is such limitation under section 415(b)
in effect for the distribution
immediately before the increase.
(6) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this
paragraph (a):
Example 1. (i) X is a participant in a
qualified defined benefit plan maintained by
X’s employer. The plan has a calendar year
limitation year. Under the terms of the plan,
X is entitled to a benefit consisting of a
straight life annuity equal to 100% of X’s
average compensation for the period of X’s
high 3 years of service, adjusted as of January
1 of each calendar year for increases in the
consumer price index. The plan provides that
the annual increases in both the dollar limit
of section 415(b)(1)(A) and the compensation
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
limit under section 415(b)(1)(B) pursuant to
section 415(d) apply to participants who
have commenced receiving benefits under
the plan at the earliest time at which that
increase is permitted to become effective. X’s
average compensation for X’s high 3 years is
$50,000. X separates from the service of his
employer on October 3, 2006, at age 65 with
a nonforfeitable right to the accrued benefit
after more than 10 years of service with the
employer and more than 10 years of
participation in the plan. X begins to receive
annual benefit payments (payable monthly)
of $50,000, commencing on November 1,
2006. It is assumed for purposes of this
Example 1 that the dollar limitation for 2006
(as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d)) is
$170,000, that the dollar limitation for 2007
(as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d)) is
$175,000, and that the annual adjustment
factor for adjusting the limitation of section
415(b)(1)(B) for 2007 is 1.0220.
(ii) For the limitation year beginning
January 1, 2007, the dollar limit applicable to
X under section 415(b)(1)(A) is $175,000, and
the compensation limit applicable to X under
section 415(b)(1)(B) is $51,100 ($50,000
multiplied by the annual adjustment factor of
1.0220). Accordingly, the adjustment to X’s
benefit satisfies the safe harbor for cost-ofliving adjustments under paragraph (a)(5) of
this section if, after the adjustment, X’s
benefit payable in 2007 is no greater than
$50,000 multiplied by $51,100 (X’s section
415(b) limitation for 2006)/$50,000 (X’s
section 415(b) limitation for 2007).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as
in Example 1 except that X’s average
compensation for the period of X’s high 3
consecutive years of service is $200,000.
Consequently, X’s annual benefit payments
commencing on November 1, 2006, are
limited to $170,000.
(ii) For the limitation year beginning
January 1, 2007, the dollar limit applicable to
X under section 415(b)(1)(A) is $175,000, and
the compensation limit applicable to X under
section 415(b)(1)(B) is $204,400 ($200,000
multiplied by the annual adjustment factor of
1.0220). Accordingly, the adjustment to X’s
benefit satisfies the safe harbor for cost-ofliving adjustments under paragraph (a)(5) of
this section if, after the adjustment, X’s
benefit payable in 2007 is no greater than
$170,000 multiplied by $175,000 (X’s section
415(b) limitation for 2006)/$170,000 (X’s
section 415(b) limitation for 2007).
(b) Defined contribution plans—(1) In
general. Under section 415(d)(1)(C), the
dollar limitation described in section
415(c)(1)(A) is adjusted annually to take
into account increases in the cost of
living. The adjusted dollar limitation is
prescribed by the Commissioner and
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin. See § 601.601(d) of this
chapter.
(2) Determination of adjusted limit—
(i) Base period. The base period taken
into account for purposes of adjusting
the dollar limitation pursuant to
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section is the
calendar quarter beginning July 1, 2001.
(ii) Method of adjustment—(A) In
general. The dollar limitation is
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
adjusted with respect to a calendar year
based on the increase in the applicable
index for the calendar quarter ending
September 30 of the preceding calendar
year over such index for the base period.
Adjustment procedures similar to the
procedures used to adjust benefit
amounts under section 215(i)(2)(A) of
the Social Security Act will be used.
(B) Rounding. Any increase in the
$40,000 amount specified in section
415(c)(1)(A) which is not a multiple of
$1,000 shall be rounded to the next
lowest multiple of $1,000.
(iii) Effective date of adjustment. The
adjusted dollar limitation applicable to
defined contribution plans is effective
as of January 1 of each calendar year
and applies with respect to limitation
years ending with or within that
calendar year. Annual additions for a
limitation year cannot exceed the
currently applicable dollar limitation (as
in effect before the January 1
adjustment) prior to January 1.
However, after a January 1 adjustment is
made, annual additions for the entire
limitation year are permitted to reflect
the dollar limitation as adjusted on
January 1.
(c) Application of rounding rules to
other cost-of-living adjustments.
Pursuant to section 415(d)(4)(A), the
$5,000 rounding methodology of
paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section is
used for purposes of any provision of
chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Internal
Revenue Code that provides for
adjustments in accordance with section
415(d), except to the extent provided by
that provision. Thus, the $5,000
rounding methodology of paragraph
(a)(1)(iii) of this section is used for
purposes of—
(1) Determining the level of
compensation specified in section
414(q)(1)(B) that is used to determine
whether an employee is a highly
compensated employee;
(2) Calculating the amounts used
pursuant to section 409(o)(1)(C) to
determine the maximum period over
which distributions from an employee
stock ownership plan may be made
without participant consent; and
(3) Determining the levels of
compensation specified in § 1.61–
21(f)(5)(i) and (iii) used in determining
whether an employee is a control
employee of a nongovernmental
employer for purposes of the
commuting valuation rule of § 1.61–
21(f).
(d) Implementation of cost-of-living
adjustments. A plan is permitted to be
amended to reflect any of the
adjustments described in this section at
any time after those limitations become
applicable. Alternatively, a plan is
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
permitted to incorporate any of the
adjustments described in this section by
reference in accordance with the rules
of § 1.415(a)–1(d)(3)(v). Because the
accrued benefit of a participant can
reflect increases in the applicable
limitations only after those increases
become effective, a pattern of repeated
plan amendments increasing annual
benefits to reflect the increases in the
section 415(b) limitations pursuant to
section 415(d) does not result in any
protection under section 411(d)(6) for
future increases to reflect increases in
the section 415(b) limitations pursuant
to § 1.411(d)–4, Q&A–1(c)(1). Thus, a
plan does not violate the requirements
of section 411(d)(6) merely because the
plan has been amended annually for a
number of years to increase annual
benefits to reflect the increases in the
section 415(b) limitations pursuant to
section 415(d) and subsequently is not
amended to reflect later increases in the
section 415(b) limitations.
Par. 12. Section 1.415(f)–1 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.415(f)–1
plans.
Combining and aggregating
(a) In general. Under section 415(f)
and this section, except as provided in
paragraph (g) of this section (regarding
multiemployer plans), for purposes of
applying the limitations of section
415(b) and (c) applicable to a participant
for a particular limitation year—
(1) All defined benefit plans (without
regard to whether a plan has been
terminated) ever maintained by the
employer (or a predecessor employer
within the meaning of paragraph (c) of
this section) under which the
participant has ever accrued a benefit
are treated as one defined benefit plan,
(2) All defined contribution plans
(without regard to whether a plan has
been terminated) ever maintained by the
employer (or a predecessor employer
within the meaning of paragraph (c) of
this section) under which the
participant receives annual additions
are treated as one defined contribution
plan; and
(3) All section 403(b) annuity
contracts purchased by an employer
(including plans purchased through
salary reduction contributions) for the
participant are treated as one section
403(b) annuity contract.
(b) Affiliated employers, affiliated
service groups, and leased employees.
See § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and (2) for rules
regarding aggregation of employers in
the case of affiliated employers and
affiliated service groups. See § 1.415(a)–
1(f)(3) for rules regarding the treatment
of leased employees.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31249
(c) Predecessor employer. For
purposes of section 415 and the
regulations thereunder, a former
employer is a predecessor employer
with respect to a participant in a plan
maintained by an employer if the
employer maintains a plan under which
the participant had accrued a benefit
while performing services for the former
employer, but only if that benefit is
provided under the plan maintained by
the employer. In addition, with respect
to an employer of a participant, a former
entity that antedates the employer is a
predecessor employer with respect to
the participant if, under the facts and
circumstances, the employer constitutes
a continuation of all or a portion of the
trade or business of the former entity.
This will occur, for example, where
formation of the employer constitutes a
mere formal or technical change in the
employment relationship and continuity
otherwise exists in the substance and
administration of the business
operations of the former entity and the
employer.
(d) Annual compensation taken into
account where employer maintains
more than one defined benefit plan—(1)
Determination of high 3 years of
compensation. If two or more defined
benefit plans are aggregated under
section 415(f) and this section for a
particular limitation year, in applying
the defined benefit compensation
limitation (as described in section
415(b)(1)(B)) to the annual benefit of a
participant under the aggregated plans,
the participant’s average compensation
for the participant’s high 3 years of
service is determined in accordance
with § 1.415(c)–2(g)(2), and includes
compensation for all years in which the
participant was an active participant in
any of the aggregated plans.
(2) Requirement of independent
satisfaction of compensation limit. If
two or more defined benefit plans are
aggregated under section 415(f) and this
section for a particular limitation year,
then, pursuant to section 415(f)(1)(B),
each such plan must also satisfy the
compensation limit of section
415(b)(1)(B) on a separate basis,
determining each participant’s average
compensation for the participant’s high
3 years of service using only
compensation with respect to periods of
active participation in that separate
plan.
(e) Years of participation and service
taken into account where employer
maintains more than one defined
benefit plan at different times—(1)
Determination of years of participation.
If two or more defined benefit plans are
aggregated under section 415(f) and this
section for a particular limitation year,
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31250
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
in applying the reduction for
participation of less than ten years (as
described in section 415(b)(5)(A)) to the
dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A), time periods that are
counted as years of participation under
any of the plans are counted in
computing the limitation of the
combined plans under this section.
(2) Determination of years of service.
If two or more defined benefit plans are
aggregated under section 415(f) and this
section for a particular limitation year,
in applying the reduction for service of
less than ten years (as described in
section 415(b)(5)(B)) to the
compensation limitation under section
415(b)(1)(B), time periods that are
counted as years of service under any of
the plans are counted in computing the
limitation of the combined plans under
this section.
(f) Previously unaggregated plans—(1)
In general. This paragraph (f) provides
rules for those situations in which two
or more existing plans, which
previously were not required to be
aggregated pursuant to section 415(f)
and this section, are aggregated during
a particular limitation year and, as a
result, the limitations of section 415(b)
or (c) are exceeded for that limitation
year. Paragraph (f)(2) of this section
provides rules for defined contribution
plans that are first required to be
aggregated pursuant to section 415(f)
and this section in a plan year.
Paragraph (f)(3) of this section provides
rules for defined benefit plans that are
first required to be aggregated pursuant
to section 415(f) and this section, and
for defined benefit plans under which a
participant’s benefit is frozen following
aggregation.
(2) Defined contribution plans. Two
or more defined contribution plans that
are not required to be aggregated
pursuant to section 415(f) and this
section as of the first day of a limitation
year do not fail to satisfy the
requirements of section 415 with respect
to a participant for the limitation year
merely because they are aggregated later
in that limitation year, provided that no
annual additions are credited to the
participant’s account after the date on
which the plans are required to be
aggregated.
(3) Defined benefit plans—(i) First
year of aggregation. Two or more
defined benefit plans that are not
required to be aggregated pursuant to
section 415(f) and this section as of the
first day of a limitation year do not fail
to satisfy the requirements of section
415 for the limitation year merely
because they are aggregated later in that
limitation year, provided that no plan
amendments increasing benefits with
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
respect to the participant under either
plan are made after the occurrence of
the event causing the plan to be
aggregated.
(ii) All years of aggregation in which
accrued benefits are frozen. Two or
more defined benefit plans that are
required to be aggregated pursuant to
section 415(f) and this section during a
limitation year subsequent to the
limitation year during which the plans
were first aggregated do not fail to
satisfy the requirements of section 415
with respect to a participant for the
limitation year merely because they are
aggregated if there have been no
increases in the participant’s accrued
benefit derived from employer
contributions (including increases as a
result of increased compensation or
service) under any of the plans within
the period during which the plans have
been aggregated.
(g) Section 403(b) annuity contracts—
(1) In general. In the case of a section
403(b) annuity contract, except as
provided in paragraph (g)(2) of this
section, the participant on whose behalf
the annuity contract is purchased is
considered for purposes of section 415
to have exclusive control of the annuity
contract. Accordingly, except as
provided in paragraph (g)(2) of this
section, the participant, and not the
participant’s employer who purchased
the section 403(b) annuity contract, is
deemed to maintain the annuity
contract, and such a section 403(b)
annuity contract is not aggregated with
a qualified plan that is maintained by
the participant’s employer.
(2) Special rules under which the
employer is deemed to maintain the
annuity contract—(i) In general. Where
a participant on whose behalf a section
403(b) annuity contract is purchased is
in control of any employer for a
limitation year as defined in paragraph
(g)(2)(ii) of this section (regardless of
whether the employer controlled by the
participant is the employer maintaining
the section 403(b) annuity contract), the
annuity contract for the benefit of the
participant is treated as a defined
contribution plan maintained by both
the controlled employer and the
participant for that limitation year.
Accordingly, where a participant on
whose behalf a section 403(b) annuity
contract is purchased is in control of
any employer for a limitation year, the
section 403(b) annuity contract is
aggregated with all other defined
contribution plans maintained by that
employer. In addition, in such a case,
the section 403(b) annuity contract is
aggregated with all other defined
contribution plans maintained by the
employee or any other employer that is
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
controlled by the employee. Thus, for
example, if a doctor is employed by a
non-profit hospital to which section
501(c)(3) applies and which provides
him with a section 403(b) annuity
contract, and the doctor also maintains
a private practice as a shareholder
owning more than 50% of a professional
corporation, then any qualified defined
contribution plan of the professional
corporation must be combined with the
section 403(b) annuity contract for
purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–1. For
purposes of this paragraph (g)(2), it is
immaterial whether the section 403(b)
annuity contract is purchased as a result
of a salary reduction agreement between
the employer and the participant.
(ii) Definition of control. For purposes
of paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section, a
participant is in control of an employer
for a limitation year if, pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this section, a plan
maintained by that employer would
have to be aggregated with a plan
maintained by an employer that is 100%
owned by the participant. Thus, for
example, if a participant owns 60% of
the common stock of a corporation, the
participant is considered to be in
control of that employer for purposes of
applying paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this
section.
(3) Aggregation of section 403(b)
annuity with qualified plan of
controlled employer. If a section 403(b)
annuity contract is combined or
aggregated with a qualified plan of a
controlled employer in accordance with
paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the
plans must satisfy the limitations of
section 415(c) both separately and in
combination. In applying separately the
limitations of section 415 to the
qualified plan and to the section 403(b)
annuity, compensation from the
controlled employer may not be
aggregated with compensation from the
employer purchasing the section 403(b)
annuity (i.e., without regard to
§ 1.415(c)–2(g)(3)).
(h) Multiemployer plans—(1)
Multiemployer plan combined with
another multiemployer plan. Pursuant
to section 415(f)(3)(B), multiemployer
plans, as defined in section 414(f), are
not aggregated with other
multiemployer plans for purposes of
applying the limits of section 415.
(2) Multiemployer plan combined
with other plan—(i) Aggregation only for
benefits provided by the employer.
Notwithstanding the rule of § 1.415(a)–
1(e), a multiemployer plan is permitted
to provide that only the benefits under
that multiemployer plan that are
provided by an employer are aggregated
with benefits under plans maintained by
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
that employer that are not
multiemployer plans. If the
multiemployer plan so provides then,
where an employer maintains both a
plan which is not a multiemployer plan
and a multiemployer plan, only the
benefits under the multiemployer plan
that are provided by the employer are
aggregated with benefits under the
employer’s plans other than
multiemployer plans (in lieu of
including benefits provided by all
employers under the multiemployer
plan pursuant to the generally
applicable rule of § 1.415(a)–1(e)).
(ii) Nonapplication of aggregation for
purposes of applying section
415(b)(1)(B) compensation limit.
Pursuant to section 415(f)(3)(A), a
multiemployer plan is not combined or
aggregated with any other plan that is
not a multiemployer plan for purposes
of applying the compensation limit of
section 415(b)(1)(B) and § 1.415(b)–
1(a)(1)(ii).
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Special rules for combining certain
plans, etc. If a plan, annuity contract or
arrangement is subject to a special
limitation in addition to, or instead of,
the regular limitations described in
section 415(b) or (c), and is combined
under this section with a plan which is
subject only to the regular section 415(b)
or (c) limitations, the following rules
apply—
(1) Each plan, annuity contract or
arrangement which is subject to a
special limitation must meet its own
applicable limitation and each plan
subject to the regular limitations of
section 415 must meet its applicable
limitation.
(2) The combined limitation is the
larger of the applicable limitations.
(k) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this section:
Example 1. (i) M is an employee of ABC
Corporation and XYZ Corporation. ABC
maintains a qualified defined benefit plan
and a qualified defined contribution plan in
which M participates and XYZ maintains a
qualified defined benefit plan and a qualified
defined contribution plan in which M
participates. ABC Corporation owns 60% of
XYZ Corporation.
(ii) ABC Corporation and XYZ Corporation
are members of a controlled group of
corporations within the meaning of section
414(b) as modified by section 415(h). Because
ABC Corporation and XYZ Corporation are
members of a controlled group of
corporations within the meaning of section
414(b) as modified by section 415(h), M is
treated as being employed by a single
employer.
(iii) The sum of M’s annual benefit under
the defined benefit plan maintained by ABC
and M’s annual benefit under the defined
benefit plan maintained by XYZ is not
permitted to exceed the limitations of section
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1; and the sum of the
annual additions to M’s account under the
defined contribution plans maintained by
ABC and XYZ may not exceed the limitations
of section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–1. For
purposes of satisfying the requirements of
section 415 on this aggregated basis, M’s
compensation from both ABC and XYZ is
taken into account and years of service and
participation under either defined benefit
plan are used.
(iv) M’s annual benefit under the defined
benefit plan maintained by ABC and M’s
annual benefit under the defined benefit plan
maintained by XYZ also must be within the
limitations of section 415(b) and § 1.415(b)1,
determined without regard to the aggregation
of employers (i.e., by taking into account
only compensation and years of service and
participation for the respective employers).
Example 2. (i) N is employed by a hospital
which purchases an annuity contract
described in section 403(b) on N’s behalf for
the current limitation year. N is in control of
the hospital within the meaning of section
414(b) or (c), as modified by section 415(h).
The hospital also maintains a qualified
defined contribution plan during the current
limitation year in which N participates.
(ii) Under section 415(k)(4), the hospital, as
well as N, is considered to maintain the
annuity contract. Accordingly, the sum of the
annual additions under the qualified defined
contribution plan and the annuity contract
must satisfy the limitations of section 415(c)
and § 1.415(c)–1.
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 2, except that instead of being in
control of the hospital, N is the 100% owner
of a professional corporation P, which
maintains a qualified defined contribution
plan in which N participates.
(ii) Under section 415(k)(4), the hospital, as
well as N, is considered to maintain the
annuity contract. Accordingly, the sum of the
annual additions under the qualified defined
contribution plan maintained by professional
corporation P and the annuity contract must
satisfy the limitations of section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1. See § 1.415(g)1(c)(2) for an
example of the treatment of a contribution to
an annuity contract that exceeds the limits of
section 415(c) by reason of the aggregation
required by this section.
Example 4. (i) J is an employee of two
corporations, N and M, each of which has
employed J for more than 10 years. N and M
are not required to be aggregated pursuant to
section 415(f) and this section. Each
corporation has a qualified defined benefit
plan in which J has participated for more
than 10 years. Each plan provides a benefit
which is equal to 75% of a participant’s
average compensation for his high 3 years of
service and is payable in the form of a
straight life annuity beginning at age 65. J’s
average compensation (within the meaning of
§ 1.415(c)–2) for his high three years of
service from each corporation is $160,000.
Each plan uses the calendar year for the
limitation and plan year. In July 2007, N
Corporation becomes a wholly owned
subsidiary of M Corporation.
(ii) As a result of the acquisition of N
Corporation by M Corporation, J is treated as
being employed by a single employer under
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31251
section 414(b). Therefore, because section
415(f)(1)(A) requires that all defined benefit
plans of an employer be treated as one
defined benefit plan, the two plans must be
aggregated for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415. However, under
paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section, since the
plans were not aggregated as of the first day
of the 2007 limitation year (January 1, 2007),
they will not be considered aggregated until
the limitation year beginning January 1,
2008.)
(iii) As a result of such aggregation, J
becomes entitled to a combined benefit
which is equal to $240,000, which is in
excess of the section 415(b) dollar limitation
for 2005 of $170,000. However, under
paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section, the
limitations of section 415(b) and § 1.415(b)1 applicable to J may be exceeded in this
situation without plan disqualification so
long as J’s accrued benefit derived from
employer contributions is not increased (i.e.,
does not increase on account of increased
compensation, service, or other accruals)
during the period within which the
limitations are being exceeded.
Example 5. (i) A, age 30, owns all of the
stock of X Corporation and also owns 10%
of the stock of Z Corporation. F, A’s father,
directly owns 75% of the stock of Z
Corporation. Both corporations have
qualified defined contribution plans in
which A participates and both plans use the
calendar year for the limitation and plan
year. A’s compensation (within the meaning
of § 1.415(c)–2) for 2007 is $20,000 from Z
Corporation and $150,000 from X
Corporation. During the period January 1,
2007 through June 30, 2007, annual additions
of $20,000 are credited to A’s account under
the plan of Z Corporation, while annual
additions of $40,000 are credited to A’s
account under the plan of X Corporation. In
both instances, the amount of annual
additions represent the maximum allowable
under section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–1. On
July 15, 2007, F dies, and A inherits all of
F’s stock in Z in 2007.
(ii) As of July 15th 2007, A is considered
to be in control of X and Z Corporations, and
the two plans must be aggregated for
purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415. However, even though A’s total
annual additions for 2007 are $60,000, the
limitations of section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–
1 are not violated for 2007, provided no
annual additions are credited to A’s accounts
after July 15, 2007 (the date that A is first in
control of Z).
Example 6. (i) P is a key employee of
employer XYZ who participates in a
qualified defined contribution plan with
(Plan X) a calendar year limitation year. P is
also provided post-retirement medical
benefits, and XYZ has taken into account a
reserve for those benefits under section
419A(c)(2). In 2007, P’s compensation is
$30,000 and P’s annual additions under Plan
X are $5,000. Pursuant to section 419A(d), a
separate account is maintained for P and that
account is credited with an allocation of
$32,000 for 2007.
(ii) Under paragraph (j)(1) of this section,
Plan X and the individual medical account
must separately satisfy the requirements of
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31252
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
section 415(c), taking into account any
special limit applicable to that arrangement.
In this case, the contributions to Plan X
separately satisfy the limitations of section
415(c). The individual medical account is not
subject to the 100% of compensation limit of
section 415(c), so the contributions to that
account satisfy the limitations of section
415(c).
(iii) The sum of the annual additions under
Plan X and the amounts contributed to the
separate account on P’s behalf must satisfy
the requirements of section 415(c). Under
paragraph (j)(2) of this section, the limit
applicable to the combined plan is equal to
the greater of the limits applicable to the
separate plan. In this case, the limit
applicable to the medical account is $40,000
(which is greater than the limit of $30,000
applicable to the qualified plan), so the limit
that applies to the aggregated plan is $40,000
and the aggregated plans satisfy the
requirements of section 415.
Par. 13. Section 1.415(g)–1 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.415(g)–1
trusts.
Disqualification of plans and
(a) Disqualification of plans—(1) In
general. Under section 415(g) and this
section, with respect to a particular
limitation year, a plan (and the trust
forming part of the plan) is disqualified
in accordance with the rules provided
in paragraph (b) of this section, if the
conditions described in paragraph (a)(2)
or (a)(3) of this section apply. For
purposes of this paragraph (a), the
determination of whether a plan or a
combination of plans exceeds the
limitations imposed by section 415 for
a particular limitation year is, except as
otherwise provided, made by taking into
account the aggregation of plan rules
provided in sections 415(f) and
§ 1.414(f)–1.
(2) Defined contribution plans. A plan
is disqualified in accordance with the
rules provided in paragraph (b) of this
section if annual additions (as defined
in § 1.415(c)–1(b)) with respect to the
account of any participant in a defined
contribution plan maintained by the
employer exceed the limitations of
section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–1.
(3) Defined benefit plans. A plan is
disqualified in accordance with the
rules provided in paragraph (b) of this
section if the annual benefit (as defined
in § 1.415(b)–1(b)(1), taking into account
the rules of § 1.415(b)–2) of a participant
in a defined benefit plan maintained by
the employer exceeds the limitations of
section 415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1.
(b) Rules for disqualification of plans
and trusts—(1) In general. If any plan
(including a trust which forms part of
such plan) is disqualified for a
particular limitation year under the
rules set forth in this paragraph (b), then
the disqualification is effective as of the
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
first day of the first plan year containing
any portion of the particular limitation
year.
(2) Single plan. In the case of a single
qualified defined benefit plan
(determined without regard to section
415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1) maintained by
the employer that provides an annual
benefit (as defined in § 1.415(b)–1(b)(1),
taking into account the rules of
§ 1.415(b)–2) in excess of the limitations
of section 415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1 for
any particular limitation year, such plan
is disqualified in that limitation year.
Similarly, if the employer only
maintains a single defined contribution
plan (determined without regard to
section 415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1) under
which annual additions (as defined in
§ 1.415(c)–1(b)) allocated to the account
of any participant exceed the limitations
of section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–1 for
any particular limitation year, such plan
is also disqualified in that limitation
year.
(3) Multiple plans—(i) In general. If
the limitations of section 415(b) and
§ 1.415(b)–1 (taking into account the
rules of § 1.415(b)–2), or section 415(c)
and § 1.415(c)–1 are exceeded for a
particular limitation year with respect to
any participant solely because of the
application of the aggregation rules of
section 415(f)(1) and § 1.415(f)–1 or
section 414(b) or (c), as modified by
section 415(h), then one or more of the
plans is disqualified in accordance with
the ordering rules set forth in
paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) of this section,
applied in accordance with the rules of
application set forth in paragraph
(b)(3)(iii) of this section, subject to the
special rules set forth in paragraph
(b)(3)(iv) of this section, until, without
regard to annual benefits or annual
additions under the disqualified plan or
plans, the remaining plans satisfy the
applicable limitations of section 415.
(ii) Ordering rules—(A)
Disqualification of ongoing plans other
than multiemployer plans. If there are
two or more plans that have not been
terminated at any time including the
last day of the particular limitation year,
and if one or more of those plans is a
multiemployer plan described in section
414(f), then one or more of the plans (as
needed to satisfy the limitations of
section 415) that has not been
terminated and is not a multiemployer
plan is disqualified in that limitation
year. For purposes of the preceding
sentence, the determination of whether
a plan is a multiemployer plan
described in section 414(f) is made as of
the last day of the particular limitation
year.
(B) Disqualification of ongoing
multiemployer plans. If, after the
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
application of paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section, there are two or more plans
and one or more of the plans has been
terminated at any time including the
last day of the particular limitation year,
then one or more of the plans (as needed
to satisfy the applicable limitations of
section 415) that has not been so
terminated (regardless of whether the
plan is a multiemployer plan described
in section 414(f)) is disqualified in that
limitation year.
(iii) Rules of application—(A)
Employer elects which plan is
disqualified. If there are two or more
plans of an employer within a group of
plans one or more of which is to be
disqualified pursuant to paragraph
(b)(3)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section, then
the employer may elect, in a manner
determined by the Commissioner,
which plan or plans are disqualified. If
those two or more plans are involved
because of the application of section
414(b) or (c), as modified by section
415(h), the employers of the controlled
group may elect, in a manner
determined by the Commissioner,
which plan or plans are disqualified.
However, the election described in the
preceding sentence is not effective
unless made by all of the employers
within the controlled group.
(B) Commissioner determines which
plan is disqualified. If the election
described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) of
this section is not made with respect to
the two plans described in paragraph
(b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, then the
Commissioner, taking into account all of
the facts and circumstances, has the
discretion to determine the plan that is
disqualified in the particular limitation
year. In making this determination,
some of the factors that will be taken
into account include, but are not limited
to, the number of participants in each
plan, the amount of benefits provided
on an overall basis by each plan, and the
extent to which benefits are distributed
or retained in each plan.
(iv) Special rules—(A) Simplified
employee pensions (SEPs). If there are
two or more plans one or more of which
is to be disqualified pursuant to
paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) or (B) of this
section, and if one of the plans is a
simplified employee pension (as
defined in section 408(k)), then the
simplified employee pension is not
disqualified until all of the other plans
have been disqualified. However, if one
of the plans has been terminated, then
the simplified employee pension is
disqualified before the terminated plan.
For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(3)(iv)(A), the disqualification of a
simplified employee pension means that
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
the simplified employee pension is no
longer described under section 408(k).
(B) Combining medical accounts with
defined contribution plans. In the event
that combining a medical account
described in § 1.415(c)–1(a)(2)(ii)(C) or
(D) and a defined contribution plan
other than such a medical account
causes the limitations of section 415(c)
and § 1.415(c)–1 applicable to a
participant to be exceeded for a
particular limitation year, the defined
contribution plan other than the
medical account is disqualified for the
limitation year.
(C) Combining section 403(b) annuity
contract and qualified defined
contribution plan—(1) In general. In the
event that combining a section 403(b)
annuity contract and a qualified defined
contribution plan under the provisions
of section 415(f)(1)(B) causes the
limitations of section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1 applicable to a participant
under the combined defined
contribution plans to be exceeded for a
particular limitation year, the excess of
the contributions to the annuity contract
plus the annual additions to the plan
over such limitations is treated as a
disqualified contribution to the annuity
contract and therefore includable in the
gross income of the participant for the
taxable year with or within which that
limitation year ends. See § 1.415(a)–
1(b)(2) and § 1.403(b)–3(b)(2) for rules
regarding the treatment of a contribution
to a section 403(b) annuity contract that
exceeds the limitations of section 415.
(2) Example. The following example
illustrates the application of this
paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C). It is assumed for
purposes of this example that the dollar
limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A)
that applies for all relevant limitation
years is $42,000. The example is as
follows:
Example. (i) N is employed by a hospital
which purchases an annuity contract
described in section 403(b) on N’s behalf for
the current limitation year. N is also the 100
% owner of a professional corporation P that
maintains a qualified defined contribution
plan during the current limitation year in
which N participates. (The facts of this
example are the same as in Example 3 of
§ 1.415(f)–1(k)). N’s compensation (within
the meaning of § 1.415(c)–2) from the
hospital for the current limitation year is
$150,000. For the current limitation year, the
hospital contributes $30,000 for the section
403(b) annuity contract on N’s behalf, which
is within the limitations applicable to N
under the annuity contract (i.e., $42,000)).
Professional corporation P also contributes
$30,000 to the qualified defined contribution
plan on N’s behalf for the current limitation
year (which represents the only annual
additions allocated to N’s account under the
plan for such year), which is within the
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
$42,000 limitation of section 415(c)(1)
applicable to N under the plan.
(ii) Under section 415(k)(4), the hospital, as
well as N, is considered to maintain the
annuity contract. Accordingly, the sum of the
annual additions under the qualified defined
contribution plan maintained by professional
corporation P and the annuity contract must
satisfy the limitations of section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1.
(iii) Because the total combined
contributions ($60,000) exceed the section
415(c) limitation applicable to N under the
plan ($42,000), under the special rules
contained in this paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C),
$20,000 of the $30,000 contributed to the
section 403(b) annuity contract is considered
a disqualified contribution and therefore
currently includable in N’s gross income. The
contract continues to be a section 403(b)
annuity contract only if, for the current
limitation year and all years thereafter, the
issuer of the contract maintains separate
accounts for each portion attributable to such
disqualified contributions. See §§ 1.415(a)–
1(b)(2) and 1.403(b)–3(c)(3).
(c) Plan year for certain annuity
contracts and individual retirement
plans. For purposes of this section,
unless the plan under which the
annuity contract or individual
retirement plan is provided specifies
that a different twelve-month period is
considered to be the plan year—
(1) An annuity contract described in
section 403(b) is considered to have a
plan year coinciding with the taxable
year of the individual on whose behalf
the contract has been purchased; and
(2) A simplified employee pension
described in section 408(k) is
considered to have a plan year
coinciding with the year under the plan
that is used pursuant to section
408(k)(7)(C).
Par. 14. Section 1.415(j)–1 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.415(j)–1
Limitation year.
(a) In general. Unless the terms of a
plan provide otherwise, the limitation
year, with respect to any qualified plan
maintained by the employer, is the
calendar year.
(b) Alternative limitation year
election. The terms of a plan may
provide for the use of any other
consecutive twelve month period as the
limitation year. This includes a fiscal
year with an annual period varying from
52 to 53 weeks, so long as the fiscal year
satisfies the requirements of section
441(f). A plan may only provide for one
limitation year regardless of the number
or identity of the employers maintaining
the plan.
(c) Multiple limitation years—(1) In
general. Where an employer maintains
more than one qualified plan, those
plans may provide for different
limitation years. The rule described in
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31253
this paragraph (c) also applies to a
controlled group of employers (within
the meaning of section 414(b) or (c), as
modified by section 415(h)). If the plans
of an employer (or a controlled group of
employers whose plans are aggregated)
have different limitation years, section
415 is applied in accordance with the
rule of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this
section.
(2) Testing rule for defined
contribution plans. If a participant is
credited with annual additions in only
one defined contribution plan, in
determining whether the requirements
of section 415(c) are satisfied, only the
limitation year applicable to that plan is
considered. However, if a participant is
credited with annual additions in more
than one defined contribution plan,
each such plan satisfies the
requirements of section 415(c) only if
the limitations of section 415(c) are
satisfied with respect to amounts that
are annual additions for the limitation
year with respect to the participant
under the plan, plus amounts credited
to the participant’s account under all
other plans required to be aggregated
with the plan pursuant to section 415(f)
and § 1.415(f)–1 that would have been
considered annual additions for the
limitation year under the plan if they
had been credited under the plan rather
than an aggregated plan.
(3) Testing rule for defined benefit
plans. If a participant accrues a benefit
or receives a distribution under only
one defined benefit plan, in determining
whether the requirements of section
415(b) are satisfied, only the limitation
year applicable to that plan is
considered. However, if a participant
accrues a benefit or receives a
distribution under more than one
defined benefit plan, a plan satisfies the
requirements of section 415(b) only if
the annual benefit under all plans
required to be aggregated pursuant to
section 415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1 for the
limitation year of that plan with respect
to the participant satisfy the applicable
limitations of section 415(b). Thus, for
example, the dollar limitation of section
415(b)(1)(A) applicable to the limitation
year for each plan must be applied to
annual benefits under all aggregated
plans to determine whether the plan
satisfies the requirements of section
415(b).
(d) Change of limitation year—(1) In
general. Once established, the limitation
year may be changed only by amending
the plan. Any change in the limitation
year must be a change to a twelvemonth period commencing with any
day within the current limitation year.
For purposes of this section, the
limitations of section 415 are to be
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31254
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
applied in the normal manner to the
new limitation year.
(2) Application to short limitation
period. Where there is a change of
limitation year, the limitations of
section 415 are to be separately applied
to a ‘‘limitation period’’ which begins
with the first day of the current
limitation year and which ends on the
day before the first day of the first
limitation year for which the change is
effective. In the case of a defined
contribution plan, the dollar limitation
with respect to this limitation period is
determined by multiplying the
applicable dollar limitation for the
calendar year in which the limitation
period ends by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the number of months
(including any fractional parts of a
month) in the limitation period, and the
denominator of which is 12.
(e) Limitation year for individuals on
whose behalf section 403(b) annuity
contracts have been purchased. The
limitation year of an individual on
whose behalf a section 403(b) annuity
contract has been purchased by an
employer is determined in the following
manner.
(1) If the individual is not in control
(within the meaning of § 1.415(f)–
1(g)(2)(ii)) of any employer, the
limitation year is the calendar year.
However, the individual may elect to
change the limitation year to another
twelve-month period. To do this, the
individual must attach a statement to
his or her income tax return filed for the
taxable year in which the change is
made. Any change in the limitation year
must comply with the rules set forth in
paragraph (d) of this section.
(2) If the individual is in control
(within the meaning of § 1.415(f)–
1(g)(2)(ii)) of an employer, the limitation
year is to be the limitation year of that
employer.
(f) Limitation year for individuals on
whose behalf individual retirement
plans are maintained. The limitation
year of an individual on whose behalf
an individual retirement plan (within
the meaning of section 7701(a)(37)) is
maintained shall be determined in the
manner described in paragraph (e) of
this section.
(g) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this section:
Example 1. (i) Participant M is employed
by both Employer A and Employer B, each
of which maintains a qualified defined
contribution plan. M participates in both of
these plans. The limitation year for Employer
A’s plan is January 1 through December 31,
and the limitation year for Employer B’s plan
is April 1 through March 31. Employer A and
Employer B are both corporations, and
Corporation X owns 100% of the stock of
Employer A and Employer B.
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
(ii) The two plans in which M participates
are required under section 415(f) to be
aggregated for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415(c) to annual
additions made with respect to M. Thus, for
example, for the limitation year of Employer
A’s plan that begins January 1, 2008, annual
additions with respect to M that are subject
to the limitations of section 415(c) include
both amounts that are annual additions with
respect to M under Employer A’s plan for the
period beginning January 1, 2008, and ending
December 31, 2008, and amounts contributed
to Employer B’s plan with respect to M that
would have been considered annual
additions for the period beginning January 1,
2008, and ending December 31, 2008, under
Employer A’s plan if those amounts had
instead been contributed to Employer A’s
plan.
Example 2. In 2007, an employer with a
qualified defined contribution plan using the
calendar year as the limitation year elects to
change the limitation year to a period
beginning July 1 and ending June 30. Because
of this change, the plan must satisfy the
limitations of section 415(c) for the limitation
period beginning January 1, 2007, and ending
June 30, 2007. In applying the limitations of
section 415(c) to this limitation period, the
amount of compensation taken into account
may only include compensation for this
period. Furthermore, the dollar limitation for
this period is the otherwise applicable dollar
limitation for calendar year 2007, multiplied
by 6/12.
Par. 15. Section 1.457–4 is amended
by revising paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
§ 1.457–4 Annual deferrals, deferral
limitations, and deferral agreement under
eligible plans.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Deferrals after severance from
employment, including sick, vacation,
and back pay under an eligible plan—
(1) In general. An eligible plan may
provide that a participant who has not
had a severance from employment may
elect to defer accumulated sick pay,
accumulated vacation pay, and back pay
under an eligible plan if the
requirements of section 457(b) are
satisfied. For example, the plan must
provide, in accordance with paragraph
(b) of this section, that these amounts
may be deferred for any calendar month
only if an agreement providing for the
deferral is entered into before the
beginning of the month in which the
amounts would otherwise be paid or
made available and the participant is an
employee on the date the amounts
would otherwise be paid or made
available. For purposes of section 457,
compensation that would otherwise be
paid for a payroll period that begins
before severance from employment is
treated as an amount that would
otherwise be paid or made available
before an employee has a severance
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
from employment. In addition, deferrals
may be made for former employees with
respect to compensation described in
§ 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(ii) (relating to certain
compensation paid within 21⁄2 months
following severance from employment),
compensation described in § 1.415(c)–
2(g)(4) (relating to compensation paid to
participants who are permanently and
totally disabled), and compensation
relating to qualified military service
under section 414(u).
(2) Examples. The provisions of this
paragraph (d) are illustrated by the
following examples:
Example 1. (i) Facts. Participant G, who
is age 62 in 2006, is an employee who
participates in an eligible plan providing a
normal retirement age of 65 and a bona fide
sick leave and vacation pay program of the
eligible employer. Under the terms of G’s
employer’s eligible plan and the sick leave
and vacation pay program, G is permitted to
make a one-time election to contribute
amounts representing accumulated sick pay
to the eligible plan. G has a severance from
employment on January 12, 2007, at which
time G’s accumulated sick and vacation pay
that is payable on March 15, 2007 total
$12,000. G elects, on February 4, 2007, to
have the $12,000 of accumulated sick and
vacation pay contributed to the eligible plan.
(ii) Conclusion. Under the terms of the
eligible plan and the sick and vacation pay
program, G may elect before March 1, 2007
to defer the accumulated sick and vacation
pay because the agreement providing for the
deferral is entered into before the beginning
of the month in which the amount is
currently available and the amount is bona
fide accumulated sick and vacation pay that
would otherwise be payable within 21⁄2
months after G has a severance from
employment, as described in § 1.415(c)–
2(e)(3)(ii). Thus, under this section and
§ 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(ii), the $12,000 is included
in G’s includible compensation for purposes
of determining G’s includible compensation
in 2007.
Example 2. (i) Facts. Same facts as in
Example 1, except that G’s severance from
employment is on December 1, 2006, G’s
$12,000 of accumulated sick and vacation
pay is payable on February 15, 2007 (which
is within 21⁄2 months after G’s severance from
employment), and G’s election to defer the
accumulated sick and vacation pay is made
before February 1, 2007.
(ii) Conclusion. Under this section and
§ 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(ii), the $12,000 is included
in G’s includible compensation for purposes
of determining G’s includible compensation
in 2007.
Example 3. (i) Facts. Employer X
maintains an eligible plan and a vacation
leave plan. Under the terms of the vacation
leave plan, employees generally accrue three
weeks of vacation per year. Up to one week’s
unused vacation may be carried over from
one year to the next, so that in any single
year an employee may have a maximum of
four weeks vacation time. At the beginning
of each calendar year, under the terms of the
eligible plan (which constitutes an agreement
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
providing for the deferral), the value of any
unused vacation time from the prior year in
excess of one week is automatically
contributed to the eligible plan, to the extent
of the employee’s maximum deferral
limitations. Amounts in excess of the
maximum deferral limitations are forfeited.
(ii) Conclusion. The value of the unused
vacation pay contributed to X’s eligible plan
pursuant to the terms of the plan and the
terms of the vacation leave plan is treated as
an annual deferral to the eligible plan for
January of the calendar year. No amounts
contributed to the eligible plan will be
considered made available to a participant in
X’s eligible plan.
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 16. Section 1.457–5 is amended
by revising Example 2 of paragraph (d)
to read as follows:
§ 1.457–5 Individual limitation for
combined annual deferrals under multiple
eligible plans.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Examples. * * *
Example (2). (i) Facts. Participant E, who
will turn 63 on April 1, 2006, participates in
four eligible plans during 2006 Plan W which
is an eligible governmental plan; and Plans
X, Y, and Z which are each eligible plans of
three different tax-exempt entities. For 2006,
the limitation that applies to Participant E
under all four plans under § 1.457–
4(c)(1)(i)(A) is $15,000. For 2006, the
additional age 50 catch-up limitation that
applies to Participant E under Plan W under
§ 1.457–4(c)(2) is $5,000. Further, for 2006,
different limitations under § 1.457–4(c)(3)
and (c)(3)(ii)(B) apply to Participant E under
each of these plans, as follows: under Plan
W, the underutilized limitation under
§ 1.457–4(c)(3)(ii)(B) is $7,000; under Plan X,
the underutilized limitation under § 1.457–4
(c)(3)(ii)(B) is $2,000; under Plan Y, the
underutilized limitation under § 1.457–
4(c)(3)(ii)(B) is $8,000; and under Plan Z,
§ 1.457–4(c)(3) is not applicable since normal
retirement age is age 62 under Plan Z.
Participant E’s includible compensation is in
each case in excess of any applicable
deferral.
(ii) Conclusion. For purposes of applying
this section to Participant E for 2006,
Participant E could elect to defer $23,000
under Plan Y, which is the maximum
deferral limitation under § 1.457–4 (c)(1)
through (3), and to defer no amount under
Plans W, X, and Z. The $23,000 maximum
amount is equal to the sum of $15,000 plus
$8,000, which is the catch-up amount
applicable to Participant E under Plan Y and
which is the largest catch-up amount
applicable to Participant E under any of the
four plans for 2006. Alternatively, Participant
E could instead elect to defer the following
combination of amounts: an aggregate total of
$15,000 to Plans X, Y, and Z, if no
contribution is made to Plan W; an aggregate
total of $20,000 to any of the four plans,
assuming at least $5,000 is contributed to
Plan W; or $22,000 to Plan W and none to
any of the other three plans.
(iii) If the underutilized amount under
Plans W, X, and Y for 2006 were in each case
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
zero (because E had always contributed the
maximum amount or E was a new
participant) or an amount not in excess of
$5,000, the maximum exclusion under this
section would be $20,000 for Participant E
for 2006 ($15,000 plus the $5,000 age 50
catch-up amount), which Participant E could
contribute to any of the plans assuming at
least $5,000 is contributed to Plan W.
Par. 17. Section 1.457–6 is amended
by revising paragraphs (a) and (c) to
read as follows:
§ 1.457–6 Timing of distributions under
eligible plans.
(a) In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (c) of this section (relating to
distributions on account of an
unforeseeable emergency), paragraph (e)
of this section (relating to distributions
of small accounts), § 1.457–10(a)
(relating to plan terminations), or
§ 1.457–10(c) (relating to domestic
relations orders), amounts deferred
under an eligible plan may not be paid
to a participant or beneficiary before the
participant has a severance from
employment with the eligible employer
or when the participant attains age 701⁄2,
if earlier. For rules relating to loans, see
paragraph (f) of this section. This
section does not apply to distributions
of excess amounts under § 1.457–4(e).
However, except to the extent set forth
by the Commissioner in revenue rulings,
notices, and other guidance published
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin, this
section applies to amounts held in a
separate account for eligible rollover
distributions maintained by an eligible
governmental plan as described in
§ 1.457–10(e)(2).
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Rules applicable to distributions
for unforeseeable emergencies—(1) In
general. An eligible plan may permit a
distribution to a participant or
beneficiary faced with an unforeseeable
emergency. The distribution must
satisfy the requirements of paragraph
(c)(2) of this section.
(2) Requirements—(i) Unforeseeable
emergency defined. An unforeseeable
emergency must be defined in the plan
as a severe financial hardship of the
participant or beneficiary resulting from
an illness or accident of the participant
or beneficiary, the participant’s or
beneficiary’s spouse, or the participant’s
or beneficiary’s dependent (as defined
in section 152, and, for taxable years
beginning on or after January 1, 2005,
without regard to section 152(b)(1),
(b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)); loss of the
participant’s or beneficiary’s property
due to casualty (including the need to
rebuild a home following damage to a
home not otherwise covered by
homeowner’s insurance, e.g., as a result
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
31255
of a natural disaster); or other similar
extraordinary and unforeseeable
circumstances arising as a result of
events beyond the control of the
participant or the beneficiary. For
example, the imminent foreclosure of or
eviction from the participant’s or
beneficiary’s primary residence may
constitute an unforeseeable emergency.
In addition, the need to pay for medical
expenses, including non-refundable
deductibles, as well as for the cost of
prescription drug medication, may
constitute an unforeseeable emergency.
Finally, the need to pay for the funeral
expenses of a spouse or a dependent (as
defined in section 152, and, for taxable
years beginning on or after January 1,
2005, without regard to section
152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)) may also
constitute an unforeseeable emergency.
Except as otherwise specifically
provided in this paragraph (c)(2)(i), the
purchase of a home and the payment of
college tuition are not unforeseeable
emergencies under this paragraph
(c)(2)(i).
(ii) Unforeseeable emergency
distribution standard. Whether a
participant or beneficiary is faced with
an unforeseeable emergency permitting
a distribution under this paragraph (c) is
to be determined based on the relevant
facts and circumstances of each case,
but, in any case, a distribution on
account of unforeseeable emergency
may not be made to the extent that such
emergency is or may be relieved through
reimbursement or compensation from
insurance or otherwise, by liquidation
of the participant’s assets, to the extent
the liquidation of such assets would not
itself cause severe financial hardship, or
by cessation of deferrals under the plan.
(iii) Distribution necessary to satisfy
emergency need. Distributions because
of an unforeseeable emergency must be
limited to the amount reasonably
necessary to satisfy the emergency need
(which may include any amounts
necessary to pay any federal, state, or
local income taxes or penalties
reasonably anticipated to result from the
distribution).
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 18. Section 1.457–10 is amended
by revising paragraph (b)(8) to read as
follows:
§ 1.457–10
Miscellaneous provisions.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Plan-to-plan transfers. * * *
(8) Purchase of permissive service
credit by plan-to-plan transfers from an
eligible governmental plan to a qualified
plan—(i) General rule. An eligible
governmental plan of a State may
provide for the transfer of amounts
deferred by a participant or beneficiary
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
31256
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 / Proposed Rules
to a defined benefit governmental plan
(as defined in section 414(d)), and no
amount shall be includible in gross
income by reason of the transfer, if the
conditions in paragraph (b)(8)(ii) of this
section are met. A transfer under this
paragraph (b)(8) is not treated as a
distribution for purposes of § 1.457–6.
Therefore, such a transfer may be made
before severance from employment.
(ii) Conditions for plan-to-plan
transfers from an eligible governmental
plan to a qualified plan. A transfer may
be made under this paragraph (b)(8)
only if the transfer is either—
(A) For the purchase of permissive
service credit (as defined in section
415(n)(3)(A)) under the receiving
defined benefit governmental plan; or
(B) A repayment to which section 415
does not apply by reason of section
415(k)(3).
VerDate jul<14>2003
16:44 May 27, 2005
Jkt 205001
(iii) Example. The provisions of this
paragraph (b)(8) are illustrated by the
following example:
Example. (i) Facts. Plan X is an eligible
governmental plan maintained by County Y
for its employees. Plan X provides for
distributions only in the event of death, an
unforeseeable emergency, or severance from
employment with County Y (including
retirement from County Y). Plan S is a
qualified defined benefit plan maintained by
State T for its employees. County Y is within
State T. Employee A is an employee of
County Y and is a participant in Plan X.
Employee A previously was an employee of
State T and is still entitled to benefits under
Plan S. Plan S includes provisions allowing
participants in certain plans, including Plan
X, to transfer assets to Plan S for the purchase
of service credit under Plan S and does not
permit the amount transferred to exceed the
amount necessary to fund the benefit
resulting from the service credit. Although
not required to do so, Plan X allows
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Employee A to transfer assets to Plan S to
provide a service benefit under Plan S.
(ii) Conclusion. The transfer is permitted
under this paragraph (b)(8).
PART 11—EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974
Par. 19. The authority citation for part
11 is amended to read, in part, as
follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805. * * *
*
*
*
§ 11.415(c)(4)–1
*
*
[Removed]
Par. 20. Section 11.415(c)(4)–1 is
removed.
Mark E. Matthews,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
[FR Doc. 05–10268 Filed 5–25–05; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
E:\FR\FM\31MYP2.SGM
31MYP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 70, Number 103 (Tuesday, May 31, 2005)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 31214-31256]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 05-10268]
[[Page 31213]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part III
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26 CFR Parts 1 and 11
Limitations on Benefits and Contributions Under Qualified Plans;
Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 103 / Tuesday, May 31, 2005 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 31214]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1 and 11
[REG-130241-04]
RIN 1545-BD52
Limitations on Benefits and Contributions Under Qualified Plans
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking and notice of public hearing.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains proposed amendments to the regulations
under section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code regarding limitations on
benefits and contributions under qualified plans. The proposed
amendments would provide comprehensive guidance regarding the
limitations of section 415, including updates to the regulations for
numerous statutory changes since regulations were last published under
section 415. The proposed amendments would also make conforming changes
to regulations under sections 401(a)(9), 401(k), 403(b), and 457, and
would make other minor corrective changes to regulations under section
457. These regulations will affect administrators of, participants in,
and beneficiaries of qualified employer plans and certain other
retirement plans. This document also provides notice of a public
hearing on these proposed regulations.
DATES: Written or electronic comments must be received by July 25,
2005. Requests to speak and outlines of topics to be discussed at the
public hearing scheduled for August 17, 2005, at 10 a.m., must be
received by July 27, 2005.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-130241-04), room
5203, Internal Revenue Service, POB 7604, Ben Franklin Station,
Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand-delivered Monday through
Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-
130241-04), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution
Avenue, NW., Washington DC. Alternatively, taxpayers may submit
comments electronically directly to the IRS Internet site at https://
www.irs.gov/regs. The public hearing will be held in the Auditorium,
Internal Revenue Building, 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington,
DC.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Concerning the regulations, Vernon S.
Carter at (202) 622-6060 or Linda S. F. Marshall at (202) 622-6090;
concerning submissions and the hearing and/or to be placed on the
building access list to attend the hearing, Richard A. Hurst at (202)
622-7180 (not toll-free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
This document contains proposed amendments to the Income Tax
Regulations (26 CFR Parts 1 and 11) under section 415 of the Internal
Revenue Code (Code) relating to limitations on benefits and
contributions under qualified plans. In addition, this document
contains conforming amendments to the Income Tax Regulations under
sections 401(a)(9), 401(k), 403(b), and 457 of the Code, as well as
minor corrective changes to the regulations under section 457.
Section 415 was added to the Internal Revenue Code by the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), and has been amended
many times since. Section 415 provides a series of limits on benefits
under qualified defined benefit plans and contributions and other
additions under qualified defined contribution plans. See also section
401(a)(16). Pursuant to section 415(a)(2), the limitations of section
415 also apply to section 403(b) annuity contracts and to simplified
employee pensions described in section 408(k) (SEPs). In addition, the
limitations of section 415 for defined contribution plans apply to
contributions allocated to any individual medical account that is part
of a pension or annuity plan established pursuant to section 401(h) and
to amounts attributable to medical benefits allocated to an account
established for a key employee pursuant to section 419A(d)(1).
Section 404(j) provides generally that, in computing the amount of
any deduction for contributions under a qualified plan, benefits and
annual additions in excess of the applicable limitations under section
415 are not taken into account. In addition, in computing the
applicable limits on deductions for contributions to a defined benefit
plan, and in computing the full funding limitation, an adjustment under
section 415(d)(1) is not taken into account for any year before the
year for which that adjustment first takes effect.
The definition of compensation that is used for purposes of section
415 is also used for a number of other purposes under the Internal
Revenue Code. Under section 219(b)(3), contributions on behalf of an
employee to a plan described in section 501(c)(18) are limited to 25%
of compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3). Section 404(a)(12)
provides that, for various specified purposes in determining deductible
limits under section 404, the term compensation includes amounts
treated as participant's compensation under section 415(c)(3)(C) or
(D). Pursuant to section 409(b)(2), for purposes of determining whether
employer securities are allocated proportionately to compensation in
accordance with the rules of section 409(b)(1), the amount of
compensation paid to a participant for any period is the amount of such
participant's compensation (within the meaning of section 415(c)(3))
for such period. Under section 414(q)(3), for purposes of determining
whether an employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning
of section 414(q), the term compensation has the meaning given such
term by section 415(c)(3). Section 414(s), which defines the term
compensation for purposes of certain qualification requirements,
generally provides that the term compensation has the meaning given
such term by section 415(c)(3). Under section 416(c)(2), allocations to
participants who are non-key employees under a top-heavy plan that is a
defined contribution plan are required to be at least 3% of the
participant's compensation (within the meaning of section 415(c)(3)).
Pursuant to section 457(e)(5), the term includible compensation, which
is used in limiting the amount that can be deferred for a participant
under an eligible deferred compensation plan as defined in section
457(b), has the same meaning as the term participant's compensation
under section 415(c)(3).
Comprehensive regulations regarding section 415 were last issued in
1981. See TD 7748, published in the Federal Register on January 7, 1981
(46 FR 1687). Since then, changes to section 415 have been made in the
Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Public Law 97-34 (95 Stat. 320)
(ERTA), the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Public
Law 97-248 (96 Stat. 623) (TEFRA), the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984,
Public Law 98-369 (98 Stat. 494) (DEFRA), the Tax Reform Act of 1986,
Public Law 99-514 (100 Stat. 2481) (TRA '86), the Technical and
Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988, Public Law 100-647 (102 Stat. 3342)
(TAMRA), the Uruguay Round Agreements Act of 1994, Public Law 103-465
(108 Stat. 4809) (GATT), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996,
Public Law 104-188 (110 Stat. 1755) (SBJPA), the Community Renewal Tax
Relief Act of 2000, Public Law 106-
[[Page 31215]]
554 (114 Stat. 2763), the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation
Act of 2001, Public Law 107-16 (115 Stat. 38) (EGTRRA), the Job
Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002, Public Law 107-147 (116
Stat. 21) (JCWAA), the Pension Funding Equity Act of 2004, Public Law
108-218 (118 Stat. 596) (PFEA), and the Working Families Tax Relief Act
of 2004, Public Law 108-311 (118 Stat. 1166).
Although two minor changes to the regulations were made after 1981,
most of the statutory changes made since that time are not reflected in
the regulations, but in IRS notices, revenue rulings, and other
guidance of general applicability, as follows:
Notice 82-13 (1982-1 C.B. 360) provides guidance on
deductible employee contributions (including guidance under section
415) to reflect the addition of provisions relating to deductible
employee contributions in ERTA.
Notice 83-10 (1983-1 C.B. 536) provides guidance on the
changes to section 415 made by TEFRA. The TEFRA changes were extensive,
and included reductions of the dollar limits on annual benefits under a
defined benefit plan and annual additions under a defined contribution
plan, changes to the age and form adjustments made in the application
of the limits under a defined benefit plan, and rules regarding the
deductibility of contributions with respect to benefits that exceed the
applicable limitations of section 415.
Notice 87-21 (1987-1 C.B. 458) provides guidance on the
changes to section 415 made by TRA '86. The TRA '86 changes modified
the rules for the indexing of the dollar limit on annual additions
under a defined contribution plan, the treatment of employee
contributions as annual additions, and the rules for age adjustments
under defined benefit plans, and added a phase-in of the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limitation over 10 years of participation, as well
as rules permitting the limitations of section 415 to be incorporated
by reference under the terms of a plan.
Rev. Rul. 95-6 (1995-1 C.B. 80) and Rev. Rul. 2001-62
(2001-2 C.B. 632) (superseding Rev. Rul. 95-6) provide mortality tables
to be used to make certain form adjustments to benefits under a defined
benefit plan for purposes of applying the limitations of section 415,
pursuant to the requirement to use a specified mortality table added by
GATT.
Rev. Rul. 95-29 (1995-1 C.B. 81) and Rev. Rul. 98-1 (1998-
1 C.B. 249) (modifying and superseding Rev. Rul. 95-29) provide
guidance regarding certain form and age adjustments under a defined
benefit plan pursuant to changes made by GATT (as modified under
SBJPA), including transition rules relating to those adjustments.
Notice 99-44 (1999-2 C.B. 326) provides guidance regarding
the repeal under SBJPA of the limitation on the combination of a
defined benefit plan and a defined contribution plan under former
section 415(e).
Notice 2001-37 (2001-1 C.B. 1340) provides guidance
regarding the inclusion of salary reduction amounts for qualified
transportation fringe benefits in the definition of compensation for
purposes of section 415, as provided under the Community Renewal Tax
Relief Act of 2000.
Rev. Rul. 2001-51 (2001-2 C.B. 427) provides guidance
relating to the increases in the limitations of section 415 for both
defined benefit and defined contribution plans, which were enacted as
part of EGTRRA.
Notice 2002-2 (2002-1 C.B. 285) provides guidance
regarding the treatment of reinvested ESOP dividends under section
415(c), to reflect changes made by SBJPA.
Rev. Rul. 2002-27 (2002-1 C.B. 925) provides guidance
pursuant to which a definition of compensation can be used for purposes
of applying the limitations of section 415 even if that definition
treats certain specified amounts that may not be available to an
employee in cash as subject to section 125 (and therefore included in
compensation).
Rev. Rul. 2002-45 (2002-2 C.B. 116) provides guidance
regarding the treatment of certain payments to defined contribution
plans to restore losses resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which
there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty
(including the treatment of those payments under section 415).
Notice 2004-78 (2004-48 I.R.B. 879) provides guidance
regarding the actuarial assumptions that must be used for distributions
with annuity starting dates occurring during plan years beginning in
2004 and 2005, to determine whether an amount payable under a defined
benefit plan in a form that is subject to the minimum present value
requirements of section 417(e)(3) satisfies the requirements of section
415. This guidance reflects changes made in PFEA.
These guidance items are reflected in the proposed regulations with
some modifications. In addition, the proposed regulations reflect other
statutory changes not previously addressed by guidance, and include
some other changes and clarifications to the existing final
regulations. Treasury and the IRS believe that a single restatement of
the section 415 rules serves the interests of plan sponsors, third-
party administrators, plan participants, and plan beneficiaries. To the
extent practicable, this preamble identifies and explains substantive
changes from the existing final regulations or existing guidance.
Explanation of Provisions
Overview
A. Reflection of Statutory Changes
These proposed regulations reflect the numerous statutory changes
to section 415 and related provisions that have been made since 1981.
Some of the statutory changes reflected in the proposed regulations are
as follows:
The current statutory limitations under section
415(b)(1)(A) and 415(c)(1) applicable for defined benefit and defined
contribution plans, respectively, as most recently amended by EGTRRA.
Changes to the rules for age adjustments to the applicable
limitations under defined benefit plans, under which the dollar
limitation is adjusted for commencement before age 62 or after age 65.
Changes to the rules for benefit adjustments under defined
benefit plans. The proposed regulations also specify the parameters
under which a benefit payable in a form other than a straight life
annuity is adjusted in order to determine the actuarially equivalent
annual benefit that is subject to the limitations of section 415(b).
The phase-in of the dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A) over 10 years of participation, as added by TRA '86.
The addition of the section 401(a)(17) limitation on
compensation that is permitted to be taken into account in determining
plan benefits, as added by TRA '86, and the interaction of this
requirement with the limitations under section 415.
Exceptions to the compensation-based limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(B) for governmental plans, multiemployer plans, and
certain other collectively bargained plans.
Changes to the aggregation rules under section 415(f)
under which multiemployer plans are not aggregated with single-employer
plans for purposes of applying the compensation-based limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(B) to a single-employer plan.
The repeal under SBJPA of the section 415(e) limitation on
the combination of a defined benefit plan and a defined contribution
plan.
[[Page 31216]]
The changes to section 415(c) that were made in
conjunction with the repeal under EGTRRA of the exclusion allowance
under section 403(b)(2).
The current rounding and base period rules for annual
cost-of-living adjustments pursuant to section 415(d), as most recently
amended in EGTRRA and the Working Families Tax Relief Act of 2004.
Changes to section 415(c) under which certain types of
arrangements are no longer subject to the limitations of section 415(c)
(e.g., individual retirement accounts other than SEPs) and other types
of arrangements have become subject to the limitations of section
415(c) (e.g., certain individual medical accounts).
The inclusion in compensation (for purposes of section
415) of certain salary reduction amounts not included in gross income.
B. Other Significant Changes
The proposed regulations contain new rules for determining the
annual benefit under a defined benefit plan where there has been more
than one annuity starting date (e.g., where benefits under a plan are
aggregated with benefits under another plan under which distributions
previously commenced). These rules would resolve the numerous issues
that have arisen in determining the annual benefit under a plan where
the application of the section 415(b) limitations must take into
account prior distributions as well as currently commencing
distributions.
The proposed regulations also provide specific rules regarding when
amounts received following severance from employment are considered
compensation for purposes of section 415, and when such amounts are
permitted to be deferred pursuant to section 401(k), section 403(b), or
section 457(b). These rules would resolve issues that have arisen with
respect to payments made after the end of employment. The proposed
regulations generally provide that amounts received following severance
from employment are not considered to be compensation for purposes of
section 415, but provide exceptions for certain payments made within
2\1/2\ months following severance from employment. These exceptions
apply to payments (such as regular compensation, and payments for
overtime, commissions, and bonuses) that would have been payable if
employment had not terminated, and to payments with respect to leave
that would have been available for use if employment had not
terminated. This notice of proposed rulemaking includes corresponding
changes to the regulations under sections 401(k), 403(b), and 457 that
would provide that amounts receivable following severance from
employment can only be deferred if those amounts meet these conditions.
The rule pursuant to which compensation received after severance from
employment is not considered compensation for purposes of section 415
generally does not apply to payments to an individual in qualified
military service.
Section 1.415(a)-1: General Rules
Section 1.415(a)-1 of these proposed regulations sets forth general
rules relating to limitations under section 415 and provides an
overview of the remaining regulations, including cross-references to
special rules that apply to section 403(b) annuities, multiemployer
plans, and governmental plans. In addition, this section provides rules
for a plan's incorporation by reference of the rules of section 415
pursuant to section 1106(h) of TRA '86 (including detailed guidelines
regarding incorporation by reference of the annual cost-of-living
adjustments to the statutory limits and the application of default
rules), rules for plans maintained by more than one employer, and rules
that apply in other special situations.
Section 1.415(b)-1: Limitations Applicable to Defined Benefit Plans
Section 1.415(b)-1 of these proposed regulations sets forth rules
for applying the limitations on benefits under a defined benefit plan.
Under these limitations, the annual benefit must not be greater than
the lesser of $160,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d)) or 100%
of the participant's average compensation for the participant's high 3
consecutive years. A retirement benefit payable in a form other than a
straight life annuity is adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity to determine the annual benefit payable under that form of
distribution. In addition, the dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A) is actuarially adjusted for benefit payments that commence
before age 62 or after age 65. The proposed regulations clarify that,
in addition to applying to benefits payable to participants and
beneficiaries, the limitations of section 415(b) apply to accrued
benefits and benefits payable from an annuity contract distributed to a
participant. Thus, the limitations of section 415(b) apply to a
participant's entire accrued benefit, regardless of whether the benefit
is vested. Where a participant's accrued benefit is computed pursuant
to the fractional rule of section 411(b)(1)(C), the limitations of
section 415(b) apply to the accrued benefit as of the end of the
limitation year and, for ages prior to normal retirement age, are not
required to be applied to the projected annual benefit commencing at
normal retirement age from which the accrued benefit is computed. In
addition, the proposed regulations provide a number of other updates,
clarifications, and other changes to the existing regulations, as
described below.
A. Actuarial Assumptions Used to Convert Benefit to a Straight Life
Annuity
The proposed regulations provide rules under which a retirement
benefit payable in any form other than a straight life annuity is
converted to the straight life annuity that is actuarially equivalent
to that other form to determine the annual benefit (which is used to
demonstrate compliance with section 415) with respect to that form of
distribution. These rules reflect statutory changes that specify the
actuarial assumptions that are to be used for these equivalency
calculations (including, for plan years beginning in 2004 and 2005, the
use of a 5.5% interest rate for benefits that are subject to the
present value rules of section 417(e)(3),\1\ as set forth in PFEA), as
well as published guidance that has been issued since 1981. In addition
to setting forth rules for adjusting forms of benefit other than
straight life annuities, the proposed regulations would permit the IRS
to issue published guidance setting forth simplified methods for making
these adjustments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Section 417(e)(3) provides minimum present value
requirements for certain forms of benefit payable from a defined
benefit plan under which payments cannot be less than the amount
calculated using a specified interest rate and a specified mortality
table. For forms of benefit that are subject to the minimum present
value rules of section 417(e)(3), the limitations of section 415(b)
apply to limit the amount of a distribution even if those
limitations result in a lower distribution than would otherwise be
required under the rules of section 417(e)(3). See Sec. 1.417(e)-
1(d)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under the proposed regulations, the annual benefit is determined as
the greater of the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
determined under the plan's actuarial assumptions or the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity determined under actuarial assumptions
specified by statute. This methodology implements the policy reflected
in section 415(b)(2)(E), under which the plan's determination that a
straight life annuity is actuarially equivalent to a particular
optional form of benefit is overridden only when the optional form of
benefit is more valuable than the corresponding straight
[[Page 31217]]
life annuity when compared using statutorily specified actuarial
assumptions.
The rules in the proposed regulations under which a retirement
benefit payable in any form other than a straight life annuity is
converted to a straight life annuity to determine the annual benefit
with respect to that form of distribution generally follow the rules
set forth in Rev. Rul. 98-1. However, the calculation of the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity determined using the
plan's assumptions for actuarial equivalence has been simplified for a
form of benefit that is not subject to the minimum present value rules
of section 417(e)(3). Under the simplified calculation, instead of
determining the actuarial assumptions used under the plan and applying
those assumptions to convert an optional form of benefit to an
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity, the regulations use the
straight life annuity, if any, that is payable at the same age under
the plan. This straight life annuity is then compared to the straight
life annuity that is the actuarial equivalent of the optional form of
benefit, determined using the standardized assumptions, and the larger
of the two straight life annuities is used for purposes of
demonstrating compliance with section 415. This simplification has not
been extended to forms of benefit that are subject to the minimum
present value rules of section 417(e), however, because under the plan
those forms of benefit may be determined as the actuarial equivalent of
the deferred annuity, rather than as the actuarial equivalent of the
immediate straight life annuity.
B. Inclusion of Social Security Supplements in Annual Benefit
The proposed regulations clarify that a social security supplement
is included in determining the annual benefit. Under section
415(b)(2)(B), the annual benefit does not include ancillary benefits
that are not directly related to retirement benefits. However, because
a social security supplement is payable upon retirement as a form of
retirement income, it is a retirement benefit. Thus, a social security
supplement is included in determining the annual benefit without regard
to whether it is an ancillary benefit or a QSUPP within the meaning of
Sec. 1.401(a)(4)-12.
C. Determination of High 3 Average Compensation
The proposed regulations would make two changes that would have a
significant effect on the determination of a participant's average
compensation for the participant's high 3 consecutive years. Consistent
with the provisions of section 415(b)(3), the proposed regulations
would restrict compensation used for this purpose to compensation
earned in periods during which the participant was an active
participant in the plan. In addition, the proposed regulations under
Sec. 1.415(c)-2 would clarify the interaction of the requirements of
section 401(a)(17) and the definition of compensation that must be used
for purposes of determining a participant's average compensation for
the participant's high 3 consecutive years. Because a plan may not base
benefit accruals on compensation in excess of the limitation under
section 401(a)(17), a plan's definition of compensation used for
purposes of applying the limitations of section 415 is not permitted to
reflect compensation in excess of the limitation under section
401(a)(17). Thus, for example, where a participant commences receiving
benefits in 2005 at age 75 (so that the adjusted dollar limitation
could be as high as $379,783), and the participant had compensation in
excess of the applicable section 401(a)(17) limit for 2002, 2003, and
2004, the participant's benefit under the plan is limited by the
average compensation for his highest three years as limited by section
401(a)(17) (i.e., $201,667, or the average of $200,000, $200,000, and
$205,000).
The proposed regulations set forth rules for computing the
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B) of 100% of the participant's
compensation for the period of the participant's high 3 years of
service for a participant who is employed with the employer while an
active participant for less than 3 consecutive calendar years. For such
a participant, the period of a participant's high 3 years of service is
the actual number of consecutive years of employment (including
fractions of years) while an active participant in the plan. In such a
case, the limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B) of 100% of the
participant's compensation for the period of the participant's high 3
years of service is computed by averaging the participant's
compensation during the participant's longest consecutive period of
employment while a plan participant over the actual period of service
(including fractions of years, but not less than one year).
D. Treatment of Benefits Paid Partially in the Form of a QJSA
Under section 415(b)(2)(B), the portion of any joint and survivor
annuity that constitutes a qualified joint and survivor annuity (QJSA)
as defined in section 417(b) is not taken into account in determining
the annual benefit for purposes of applying the limitations of section
415(b). The proposed regulations would clarify how this exception from
the limitations of section 415 for the survivor annuity portion of a
QJSA applies to benefits paid partially in the form of a QJSA and
partially in some other form. Under this clarification, the rule
excluding the survivor portion of a QJSA from the annual benefit
applies to the survivor annuity payments under the portion of a benefit
that is paid in the form of a QJSA, even if another portion of the
benefit is paid in some other form.
E. Dollar Limitation Applicable to Early or Late Commencement
The determination of the age-adjusted dollar limitation under the
proposed regulations reflects the rules enacted in EGTRRA. As provided
in Q&A-3 of Rev. Rul. 2001-51, this determination generally follows the
same steps and procedures as those used in Rev. Rul. 98-1, except that
such determination takes into account the increased defined benefit
dollar limitation enacted by EGTRRA and that the adjustments for early
or late commencement are no longer based on social security retirement
age. Applying rules that are similar to those that are used for
determining actuarial equivalence among forms of benefits, the proposed
regulations generally use the plan's determinations for actuarial
equivalence of early or late retirement benefits, but override those
determinations where the use of the specified statutory assumptions
results in a lower limit.
The proposed regulations adopt rules for mortality adjustments used
in computing the dollar limitation on a participant's annual benefit
for distributions commencing before age 62 or after age 65. Under these
rules, to the extent that a forfeiture does not occur upon the
participant's death, no adjustment is made to reflect the probability
of the participant's death during the relevant time period, and to the
extent a forfeiture occurs upon the participant's death, an adjustment
must be applied to reflect the probability of the participant's death
during the relevant time period. These rules generally are consistent
with the guidance provided in Notice 83-10.
The proposed regulations would also provide a simplified method for
applying this rule. Under this simplified method, a plan is permitted
to treat no forfeiture as occurring upon a participant's death if the
plan does not charge participants for providing a qualified
preretirement survivor annuity, but only if the plan applies this
[[Page 31218]]
treatment for adjustments that apply both before age 62 and after age
65.
F. Nonapplication of Adjustment to Dollar Limitation for Early
Commencement With Respect to Police Department and Fire Department
Employees
Consistent with section 415(b)(2)(G) and (H), the proposed
regulations would provide that the early retirement reduction does not
apply to certain participants in plans of state and local government
units who are employees of a police department or fire department, or
former members of the Armed Forces of the United States. This rule
applies to any participant in a plan maintained by a state or political
subdivision of a state who is credited, for benefit accrual purposes,
with at least 15 years of service as either (1) a full-time employee of
any police department or fire department of the state or political
subdivision that provides police protection, firefighting services, or
emergency medical services, or (2) a member of the Armed Forces of the
United States. The proposed regulations would clarify that the
application of this rule depends on whether the employer is a police
department or fire department of the state or political subdivision,
rather than on the job classification of the individual participant.
G. Application of $10,000 Exception
Pursuant to section 415(b)(4), the benefits payable with respect to
a participant satisfy the limitations of section 415(b) if the
retirement benefits payable with respect to such a participant under
the plan and all other defined benefit plans of the employer do not
exceed $10,000 for the plan year or for any prior plan year, and the
employer has not at any time maintained a defined contribution plan in
which the participant participated. The proposed regulations would
clarify that the section 415(b)(4) alternative $10,000 limitation is
applied to actual distributions made during each year. Thus, a
distribution for a limitation year that exceeds $10,000 is not within
the section 415(b)(4) alternative limitation (and therefore will not be
excepted from the otherwise applicable limits of section 415(b)), even
if the distribution is a single-sum distribution that is the actuarial
equivalent of an accrued benefit with annual payments that are less
than $10,000.
H. Exclusion of Annual Benefit Attributable to Mandatory Employee
Contributions From Annual Benefit
The proposed regulations would retain the rules under existing
final regulations that the annual benefit does not include the annual
benefit attributable to mandatory employee contributions. For this
purpose, the term ``mandatory employee contributions'' means amounts
contributed to the plan by the employee that are required as a
condition of employment, as a condition of participation in the plan,
or as a condition of obtaining benefits (or additional benefits) under
the plan attributable to employer contributions. See section
411(c)(2)(C). Employee contributions to a defined benefit plan that are
not maintained in a separate account as described in section 414(k)
constitute mandatory employee contributions (even if section 411 does
not apply to the plan) because, depending upon the investment
performance of plan assets, employer contributions may be needed to pay
a portion of the participant's benefit that is conditioned upon these
employee contributions. The rules covering mandatory employee
contributions do not extend to voluntary contributions because
voluntary employee contributions (plus earnings thereon) are treated as
a separate defined contribution plan rather than as part of a defined
benefit plan.
The proposed regulations would retain the rule under the existing
regulations that the annual benefit attributable to mandatory employee
contributions is determined using the factors described in section
411(c)(2)(B) and the regulations thereunder, regardless of whether
section 411 applies to the plan. The proposed regulations also would
clarify that the following are not treated as employee contributions:
(1) Contributions that are picked up by a governmental employer as
provided under section 414(h)(2), (2) repayment of any loan made to a
participant from the plan, and (3) repayment of any amount that was
previously distributed.
I. Exclusion of Annual Benefit Attributable to Rollover Contributions
From Annual Benefit
The proposed regulations would clarify that the annual benefit does
not include the annual benefit attributable to rollover contributions
made to a defined benefit plan (i.e., rollover contributions that are
not maintained in a separate account that is treated as a separate
defined contribution plan under section 414(k)). In such a case, the
annual benefit attributable to rollover contributions is determined by
applying the rules of section 411(c) treating the rollover
contributions as employee contributions (regardless of whether section
411 applies to the plan). This will occur, for example, if a
distribution is rolled over from a defined contribution plan to a
defined benefit plan to provide an annuity distribution. Thus, in the
case of rollover contributions from a defined contribution plan to a
defined benefit plan to provide an annuity distribution, the annual
benefit attributable to those rollover contributions for purposes of
section 415 is determined by applying the rules of section 411(c),
regardless of the assumptions used to compute the annuity distribution
under the plan. Accordingly, in such a case, if the plan uses more
favorable factors than those specified in section 411(c) to determine
the amount of annuity payments arising from a rollover contribution,
the annual benefit under the plan would reflect the excess of those
annuity payments over the amounts that would be payable using the
factors specified in section 411(c)(3).
Rollover contributions to an account that is treated as a separate
defined contribution plan under section 414(k) do not give rise to an
annual benefit because the separate account is not treated as a defined
benefit plan under section 415(b). Furthermore, under the rules
relating to defined contribution plans, these rollover contributions to
a separate account are excluded from the definition of annual additions
to a defined contribution plan.
J. Treatment of Benefits Transferred Among Plans
The proposed regulations would modify the rules of the existing
final regulations for determining the amount of transferred benefits
that are excluded from the annual benefit under a defined benefit plan
in the event of a transfer from another defined benefit plan. These
modifications are designed to ensure that transferred benefits are not
counted twice by the same employer toward the limitations of section
415(b) and, similarly, to prevent the circumvention of the limitations
of section 415(b) through benefit transfers to plans of unrelated
employers. Under the proposed regulations, if the transferee plan's
benefits are required to be taken into account pursuant to section
415(f) and Sec. 1.415(f)-1 in determining whether the transferor plan
satisfies the limitations of section 415(b), then the transferred
benefits are included in determining the annual benefit under the
transferee plan and are
[[Page 31219]]
disregarded in determining the annual benefit under the transferor
plan. Accordingly, in such a case, the annual benefit under each plan
is determined taking into account the actual benefits provided under
that plan after the transfer.
In contrast, if the transferee plan's benefits are not required to
be taken into account pursuant to section 415(f) and Sec. 1.415(f)-1
in determining whether the transferor plan satisfies the limitations of
section 415(b), then the assets associated with those transferred
liabilities (other than surplus assets) are treated by the transferor
plan as distributed as a single-sum distribution. This will occur, for
example, if the employer sponsoring the transferor plan is a
predecessor employer with respect to the participant whose benefits are
transferred to the transferee plan, where the transferee plan's
benefits are not required to be taken into account pursuant to section
415(f) and Sec. 1.415(f)-1 in determining whether the transferor plan
satisfies the limitations of section 415(b). Although such a transfer
is treated as a distribution in computing the annual benefit under the
transferor plan, no corresponding adjustment to the annual benefit
under the transferee plan is made to reflect the fact that some of the
benefits provided under the transferee plan are attributable to the
transfer. Thus, the actual benefit provided under the transferee plan
is used to determine the annual benefit under the transferee plan even
though the transferred amount is included as a distribution in
determining the annual benefit under the transferor plan. In most such
cases, however, a participant whose benefits have been transferred
would accrue no additional benefit under the transferor plan that would
be required to be tested under the that plan (in combination with the
transferred benefits).
K. 10-Year Phase-In of Limitations Based on Years of Participation and
Years of Service
The proposed regulations would provide rules for applying the 10-
year phase-in of the dollar limitation based on years of participation
in the plan, as added by TRA '86, and would modify the rules set forth
in final regulations for applying the 10-year phase-in of the
compensation limit based on years of service. The proposed regulations
follow the guidance set forth in Notice 87-21 for determining years of
participation, and apply analogous rules for determining years of
service for this purpose.
Section 1.415(b)-2: Multiple Annuity Starting Dates
Section 1.415(b)-2 of the proposed regulations sets forth rules
that apply in computing the annual benefit under one or more defined
benefit plans in the case of multiple annuity starting dates (i.e., in
cases in which a participant has received one or more distributions in
limitation years prior to an increase in the accrued benefit occurring
during the current limitation year or prior to the annuity starting
date for a distribution that commences during the current limitation
year). These rules apply, for example, where benefit distributions to a
participant have previously commenced under a plan that is aggregated
with a plan from which the participant receives current accruals, or
where a new distribution election is effective during the current
limitation year with respect to a distribution that commenced in a
prior limitation year. These rules also apply where benefit payments
are increased as a result of plan terms applying a cost-of-living
adjustment pursuant to an adjustment of the dollar limit of section
415(b)(1)(A) made pursuant to section 415(d), if the plan does not
provide for application of the safe harbor methodology set forth in the
proposed regulations for determining the adjusted amount of the
benefit.
In the case of multiple annuity starting dates, the annual benefit
that is subject to the limits of section 415(b) and Sec. 1.415(b)-1(a)
is equal to the sum of (1) the annual benefit determined with respect
to any accrued benefit with respect to which distribution has not yet
commenced as of the current determination date, computed pursuant to
the rules of Sec. 1.415(b)-1, (2) the annual benefit determined with
respect to any distribution with an annuity starting date that occurs
within the current limitation year and on or before the current
determination date, computed pursuant to the rules of Sec. 1.415(b)-1,
(3) the annual benefit determined with respect to the remaining amounts
payable under any distribution with an annuity starting date that
occurred during a prior limitation year, computed pursuant to the rules
of Sec. 1.415(b)-1, and (4) the annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions. For this purpose, the current determination date is the
last day of period for which an increase in the participant's benefit
accrues if an increase in the participant's accrued benefit occurs
during the limitation year, and if there is no such increase, the
current determination date is the annuity starting date for the
distribution that commences during the limitation year. The annual
benefit determined using this formula is tested for compliance with
section 415(b) as of the current determination date, applying the
dollar limitation (which is adjusted under section 415(d) to the
current determination date and is also adjusted for the participant's
age as of the current determination date) and the compensation
limitation applicable as of that date (which is adjusted under section
415(d) to the current determination date but is not adjusted based on
the participant's age).
Under the proposed regulations, the annual benefit attributable to
prior distributions is determined by adjusting the amounts of prior
distributions to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
commencing at the current determination date. The proposed regulations
apply rules that are analogous to the rules for adjusting other
benefits to determine the amount of the actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity for purposes of determining the annual benefit
attributable to prior distributions. Under these rules, the amount and
time of prior distributions made to the participant is taken into
account, and the prior distributions are adjusted to the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity commencing at the current
determination date using interest and mortality assumptions that apply
generally for purposes of applying the limitations of section 415(b) to
a benefit in a form other than a straight life annuity. For this
purpose, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity commencing at
the current determination date must reflect an actuarial increase to
the present value of payments to reflect that the participant has
survived during the interim period.
The actuarial assumptions used to calculate the annual benefit
attributable to a prior distribution are determined as of the current
determination date, and are based on the form of the prior
distribution. For a prior distribution to which section 417(e)(3) did
not apply, the annual benefit attributable to the prior distribution is
the greater of the annual amount of a straight life annuity commencing
at the current determination date that is the actuarial equivalent of
that prior distribution, computed using the actuarial factors specified
under the plan that provides for the current distribution or current
accrual that are used to determine offsets, if any, for prior
distributions, or the annual amount of a straight life annuity
commencing at the current determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution, computed using the currently
applicable
[[Page 31220]]
statutory actuarial factors under section 415(b)(2)(E)(i) and (v).
Similarly, for a prior distribution to which section 417(e)(3) applied,
the annual benefit attributable to the prior distribution is the
greater of the annual amount of a straight life annuity commencing at
the current determination date that is the actuarial equivalent of that
prior distribution, computed using the actuarial factors specified
under the plan that provides for the current distribution or current
accrual that are used to determine offsets, if any, for prior
distributions, or the annual amount of a straight life annuity
commencing at the current determination date that is the actuarial
equivalent of that prior distribution, computed using the currently
applicable statutory actuarial factors under section 415(b)(2)(E)(ii)
and (v).
Apart from determining the actuarial factors applicable to
calculating the annual benefit attributable to prior distributions, the
form of the prior distribution does not otherwise affect the
determination of the annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions. Thus, for example, if a participant has received $50,000
per year for the past four years, the determination of the annual
benefit attributable to prior distributions will be the same if those
distributions are part of a 10-year certain and life annuity or are
part of a straight life annuity because both of those distribution
forms are subject to the same actuarial factors for determining the
annual benefit attributable to prior distributions. In either case, the
determination of the annual benefit attributable to prior distributions
will be determined by applying the interest and mortality assumptions
used under the plan to determine offsets, if any, for prior
distributions to determine a straight life annuity that is actuarially
equivalent to the four prior payments of $50,000, applying the
statutory actuarial assumptions to determine a straight life annuity
that is actuarially equivalent to the four prior payments of $50,000,
and then taking the greater of the two straight life annuity amounts.
Determining the annual benefit attributable to prior distributions on
the basis of the amount of distributions made rather than on the form
of those distributions (or on the basis of the accrued benefit that
underlies those distributions) is designed to simplify the application
of the multiple annuity starting date rules.
The proposed regulations provide that a prior distribution is not
reflected in the annual benefit attributable to prior distributions to
the extent the prior distribution has been repaid to the plan with
interest (because the amounts attributable to such a prior distribution
are reflected in the annual benefit in other ways). Thus, a prior
distribution that has been entirely repaid to the plan (with interest)
does not give rise to an annual benefit attributable to prior
distributions. Similarly, if a prior distribution was made, and a
repayment was subsequently made that was less than the amount of the
prior distribution (including reasonable interest), the annual benefit
attributable to prior distributions is determined by multiplying the
annual benefit attributable to the prior distribution by one minus a
fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the repayment and the
denominator of which is the amount of the prior distribution plus
reasonable interest.
The proposed regulations provide an additional requirement that
applies where a stream of annuity payments is modified by a new
distribution election. This additional requirement is also imposed in
Sec. 1.401(a)(9)-6, Q&A-13(c)(3). Under this additional requirement,
which is intended to limit the extent to which benefits can increase as
a result of a change in market interest rates, if a stream of annuity
payments is modified by a new distribution election, the payments under
the annuity that are paid before the modification plus the modified
payments must satisfy the requirements of Sec. 1.415(b)-1 determined
as of the original annuity starting date, using the interest rates and
mortality table applicable to such date. Following the issuance of the
regulations under section 401(a)(9), commentators suggested that the
rule should be modified to permit a plan to reflect cost-of-living
adjustments under section 415(d) that occur between the original
annuity starting date and the date of modification in applying the
additional test. These proposed regulations adopt this suggestion, and
provide that a plan will not fail to satisfy the additional requirement
merely because payments reflect cost-of-living adjustments pursuant to
section 415(d) for payments no earlier than the time those adjustments
are effective and in amounts no greater than amounts determined under
Sec. 1.415(d)-1(a)(5). In addition, the proposed regulations include
an amendment to Sec. 1.401(a)(9)-6, Q&A-13(c)(3), to reflect this
change.
Section 1.415(c)-1: Limitations Applicable To Defined Contribution
Plans
Section 1.415(c)-1 of these proposed regulations sets forth rules
that apply to limitations on annual additions under a defined
contribution plan. Under these limitations, annual additions must not
be greater than the lesser of $40,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section
415(d)) or 100% of the participant's compensation for the limitation
year. The term ``annual additions'' generally means the sum for any
year of employer contributions, employee contributions, and
forfeitures. In addition to applying to qualified defined contribution
plans, the limitations on defined contribution plans apply to section
403(b) annuity contracts, simplified employee pensions described in
section 408(k), mandatory employee contributions to qualified defined
benefit plans, and contributions to certain medical accounts.
The proposed regulations reflect a number of statutory changes to
section 415(c) that were made after the issuance of existing final
regulations. Among these changes are the revised limitation amounts
under section 415(c), the revised rules applicable to employee stock
ownership plans, and the rules applying the limitations of section
415(c) to certain medical benefit plans. The proposed regulations also
would make some other changes to existing regulations, as discussed
below.
If annual additions under an annuity contract that otherwise
satisfies the requirements of section 403(b) exceed the limitations of
section 415(c), then the portion of the contract that includes that
excess annual addition fails to be a section 403(b) annuity contract
(and instead is a contract to which section 403(c) applies), and the
remaining portion of the contract is a section 403(b) annuity contract.
As under regulations recently proposed under section 403(b) (69 FR
67075, November 16, 2004), the proposed regulations include a provision
under which the status of the remaining portion of the contract as a
section 403(b) contract is not retained unless, for the year of the
excess and each year thereafter, the issuer of the contract maintains
separate accounts for each such portion. In addition, consistent with
the change to section 403(b)(1) made in JCWAA, the proposed regulations
provide that the limitations under section 415(c) apply to any section
403(b) annuity contract, regardless of whether the contract satisfies
the requirements of section 414(i) to be a defined contribution plan.
Thus, the limitations under section 415(c) apply to a section 403(b)
annuity contract even if the limitations of section 415(b) also apply
to the contract (i.e., if the contract is a church plan that is covered
by the grandfather rule of section 251(e)(5) of TEFRA).
[[Page 31221]]
The proposed regulations clarify that the IRS will treat a sale or
exchange by the employee or the employer that transfers assets to a
plan where the consideration paid by the plan is less than the fair
market value of the assets transferred to the plan as giving rise to an
annual addition in the amount of the difference between the value of
the assets transferred and the consideration.
Consistent with Rev. Rul. 2002-45, the proposed regulations provide
that a restorative payment that is allocated to a participant's account
does not give rise to an annual addition for any limitation year. For
this purpose, restorative payments are payments made to restore losses
to a plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is
reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under Title
I of ERISA, where plan participants who are similarly situated are
treated similarly with respect to the payments. Generally, payments to
a defined contribution plan are restorative payments only if the
payments are made in order to restore some or all of the plan's losses
due to an action (or a failure to act) that creates a reasonable risk
of liability for such a breach of fiduciary duty. The proposed
regulations provide that, in addition to payments to a plan made
pursuant to Department of Labor order or court-approved settlement to
restore losses to a qualified defined contribution plan on account of
the breach of fiduciary duty, restorative payments include payments
made pursuant to the Department of Labor's Voluntary Fiduciary
Correction Program to restore losses to a qualified defined
contribution plan on account of the breach of fiduciary duty. However,
payments made to a plan to make up for losses due merely to market
fluctuations and other payments that are not made on account of a
reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under Title
I of ERISA are contributions that give rise to annual additions and are
not restorative payments.
The proposed regulations would retain the rule for taxable
employers under existing regulations that the deadline for making a
contribution to the plan that is credited to a participant's account
for a limitation year for purposes of section 415(c). Under this rule,
employer contributions are not treated as credited to a participant's
account for a particular limitation year unless the contributions are
actually made to the plan no later than 30 days after the end of the
period described in section 404(a)(6) applicable to the taxable year
with or within which the particular limitation year ends. The proposed
regulations would modify the corresponding rule for tax-exempt
employers. Under the proposed regulations, the deadline for a tax-
exempt employer to make a contribution to the plan that is credited to
a participant's account for a limitation year for purposes of section
415(c) is the 15th day of the tenth calendar month following the close
of the taxable year with or within which the particular limitation year
ends. This date corresponds to the due date for Form 5500 (with
extensions) in cases in which the taxable year coincides with the plan
year, and generally corresponds to the contribution due date for
taxable employers who request filing extensions. The deadline for
contributions for tax-exempt employers under the proposed regulations
would be an extension from the earlier deadline now applicable under
existing regulations (i.e., the 15th day of the sixth calendar month
following the close of the taxable year with or within which the
particular limitation year ends). The extent to which elective
contributions constitute plan assets for purposes of the prohibited
transaction provisions of section 4975 and Title I of ERISA is
determined in accordance with regulations and rulings issued by the
Department of Labor. See 29 CFR 2510.3-102.
The proposed regulations clarify the operation of the special
increased limitation applicable to church plans under section
415(c)(7). Under this rule, notwithstanding the generally applicable
limitations, annual additions for a section 403(b) annuity contract for
a year with respect to an individual who is a church employee are
treated as not exceeding the limitation of section 415(c) if such
annual additions for the year are not in excess of $10,000. However,
the total amount of additions with respect to any participant that are
permitted to be taken into account for purposes of this rule for all
years may not exceed $40,000. In addition, for any individual who is a
church employee performing any services for the church outside the
United States, additions for a section 403(b) annuity contract for any
year are not treated as exceeding the limitations of section 415(c) if
those annual additions for the year do not exceed the greater of $3,000
or the employee's includible compensation. The proposed regulations
would clarify that the $40,000 cumulative total only applies to
excesses over what would have been permitted to be contributed without
regard to this special rule, and clarifies the interaction between the
generally applicable church employee rule and the rule for church
employees performing services outside the United States. In addition,
the proposed regulations would clarify that the special rule that
applies to services for a church performed abroad applies to the
employee's includible compensation only with respect to services for
the church outside the United States.
The correction mechanism in current Sec. 1.415-6(b)(6) for
handling excess annual additions is not included in the proposed
regulations. It is anticipated that this correction mechanism will be
included in the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (see Rev.
Proc. 2003-44 (2003-1 C.B. 1051)) in the future.
The proposed regulations generally would retain the rules under
existing regulations providing that a contribution to reduce
accumulated funding deficiencies or a contribution made pursuant to a
funding waiver relates to the limitation year of the initial funding
obligation. However, the proposed regulations would provide that any
interest paid by the employer with respect to such a contribution that
is in excess of a reasonable amount is taken into account as an annual
addition for the limitation year when the contribution is made (in
contrast to existing regulations, which require interest in excess of a
reasonable amount to be taken into account as an annual addition for
the limitation year for which the contribution was originally
required). Rev. Rul. 78-223 (1978-1 C.B. 125) provides a method for
determining contributions required to amortize waived contributions
under a defined contribution plan. The application of any of the
methods described in Rev. Rul. 78-223 will result in reasonable
interest payments for purposes of applying the rules of section 415
(provided that, if a fixed interest rate in excess of 5% is used to
amortize waived contributions, the interest rate is reasonable). Thus,
for example, the actual yield method (under which the adjusted account
balance is increased or decreased periodically at the actual rate of
investment return experienced by the plan for such period) can be used
for this purpose.
Section 1.415(c)-2: Definition of Compensation
Section 1.415(c)-2 of these proposed regulations defines the term
compensation, which is defined in section 415(c)(3) and used for
purposes of applying the limitations of section 415 as well as for
various other purposes specified under the Internal Revenue Code. The
proposed regulations reflect a number of statutory changes to section
415(c)(3) that were
[[Page 31222]]
made after the issuance of existing final regulations. Among these
changes are the inclusion in compensation of certain deemed amounts for
disabled participants and nontaxable elective amounts for deferrals
under sections 401(k), 403(b), and 457, cafeteria plan elections under
section 125, and qualified transportation fringe elections under
section 132(f)(4). In addition to these changes, the proposed
regulations would make some other changes to existing regulations, as
discussed below.
The proposed regulations provide specific guidelines regarding when
amounts received following severance from employment are considered
compensation for purposes of section 415. The following are types of
post-severance payments that are not excluded from compensation because
of timing if they are paid within 2\1/2\ months following severance
from employment: (1) Payments that, absent a severance from employment,
would have been paid to the employee while the employee continued in
employment with the employer and are regular compensation for services
during the employee's regular working hours, compensation for services
outside the employee's regular working hours (such as overtime or shift
differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation; and
(2) payments for accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but
only if the employee would have been able to use the leave if
employment had continued. Under the proposed regulations, the rule
generally excluding payments after severance from employment from
compensation does not apply to payments to an individual who does not
currently perform services for the employer by reason of qualified
military service (as that term is used in section 414(u)(1)) to the
extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would
have received if the individual had continued to perform services for
the employer rather than entering qualified military service. This
notice of proposed rulemaking also contain corresponding proposed
amendments to the regulations under sections 401(k), 403(b), and 457
that would provide that amounts received following severance from
employment can be deferred only if they are considered compensation
under the rules of section 415.
Section 1.415(d)-1: Cost-of-Living Adjustments
Section 1.415(d)-1 of these proposed regulations sets forth rules
that apply to cost-of-living adjustments to the various limitations of
section 415 pursuant to section 415(d). Section 415(d) provides for the
dollar and compensation limitations on annual benefits and the dollar
limitation on annual additions to be adjusted annually for increases in
the cost of living based on adjustment procedures similar to the
procedures used to adjust social security benefit amounts. These
adjustments also apply for other purposes as specified in the Internal
Revenue Code. The proposed regulations specify the manner in which
these adjustments are determined each year, and reflect statutory
changes to the adjustment methodology made after the 1981 regulations
were issued. In addition, the proposed regulations make several other
changes to existing final regulations, as discussed below.
The proposed regulations would specify the circumstances under
which an adjusted limit is permitted to be applied to participants who
have previously commenced receiving benefits under a defined benefit
plan. Under the proposed regulations, the adjusted dollar limitation is
applicable to current employees who are participants in a defined
benefit plan and to former em